ML070430092: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION DISTRIBUTION Manual Manual Holder Number   1       Document Control QA Record H2 VOL1 DIST.doc Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST Volume 1 Page Revision Text 1 1 Text 2 1 Text 3 1 Text 4 1 Text 5 1 Text 6 1 Enclosure 1 7 thru 27 1 Enclosure 2 28 thru 56 1 Enclosure 3 57 thru 69 1 Enclosure 4 70 1                       H2 VOL1 EFFECTIVE PAGES.DOC Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Scope   Life-Extension Background Classification of Components 120-Month (10-Year) ISI Intervals Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on Scheduling Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirement Enclosure 1 - Code Cases Enclosure 2 - Alternatives, Relief Requests, and Exceptions to the Rule Enclosure 3 - NRC Caveats for the Use of the 2003 Addenda Enclosure 4 - NRC Safety Evaluations H2 VOL1 T of C.doc Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Scope The 4 th Interval ISI Plan is a compilation of ISI related activities. Each activity is located in a specific volume of this collective plan and is considered to be a stand-alone document with approval sheets for each volume. They are:
{{#Wiki_filter:HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION DISTRIBUTION Manual                       Manual Holder Number 1                         Document Control QA Record H2 VOL1 DIST.doc               Page 1 of 1               Rev. 1
Volume 1 General Introduction Volume 2 Class 1, 2, and 3 Inservice Inspection (ISI) Examinations Volume 3 Class 1, 2, and 3 Sketches Volume 4 BWRVIP Vessel Internals Volume 5 IWE Containment Examinations Volume 6 Class 1, 2, and 3 Pressure Testing Note: This plan does not cover Re pair and Replacement Activities.
 
This Introduction also has several enclosures. These are:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST Volume 1 Page           Revision Text                                 1                 1 Text                                 2                 1 Text                                 3                 1 Text                                 4                 1 Text                                 5                 1 Text                                 6                 1 Enclosure 1                           7 thru 27         1 Enclosure 2                           28 thru 56         1 Enclosure 3                           57 thru 69         1 Enclosure 4                           70                 1 H2 VOL1 EFFECTIVE PAGES.DOC     Page 1 of 1                   Rev. 1
Enclosure 1 Code Cases (with NRC caveats) Enclosure 2 Relief Requests, Alternatives, and Exceptions to the Rule Enclosure 3 NRC caveats for the use of the 2003 Addenda. Enclosure 4 NRC Safety Evaluations Life Extension For the 4 th Interval, in addition to the Code requirements, selected one-time examinations were committed to be performed as part of the life-extension process. Nuclear Licensing will submit a list of examinations which will be included in this document at a later date.
 
Background Hatch Nuclear Plant Unit 2 (HNP-2) is a BWR-4 designed by General Electric with a Construction Permit (CP) docket date of 12/27/72 and began commercial operation on 9/5/79. Classification of Components Per Section 3.2 of the HNP-2 UFSAR, system quality group classificat ions, as defined in Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide 1.26 (September 1974), were determined for each water, steam, or radioactive waste containing component of those applicable fluid systems relied upon to:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and malfunctions originating within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB). Provide safe shutdown capability of the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition.
* Scope
Page 1 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Contain radioactive material.
* Life-Extension
A tabulation showing the quality group classification for each mechanical component is shown in Table 3.2-1 of the UFSAR under th e heading, Quality Gr oup Classification. Drawing No. H-26095 is a diagram which de picts the relative locations of these components along with their quality group classifications. Ta ble 3.2-4 lists the individual systems and the drawing number in which the quality group classifications for the components of the system are indicated. System quality group classifications and design and fabrication requirement s are as indicated in Ta bles 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, per the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.26. Per Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, HNP-2 was essentially designed to ASME Section III, with a few exceptions.
* Background
The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 compone nts for ISI purposes is found in the HNP-2 ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are cont rolled by SNC Design Organization.
* Classification of Components
Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2), for a boiling or pressurized water-cooled nuclear power facility whose construction permit was issued on or after January 1, 1971, but before July 1, 1974, components (including supports) which are classified as ASME Code Class 1 and Class 2 must be designed and be provided with access to enable the performance of inservice examination of such components (including supports) and must meet the preservice examination requirements set forth in the edition/addenda of ASME Section XI in effect six months prior to the date of issuance of the construction permit. The components (including supports) may meet the requirements set forth in subsequent editions of this code and addenda which are incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2). For HNP-2, the 1971 edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (B&PV) Code could have been used for baseline examinations; however, the 1974 Edition with addenda th rough Summer 1975 was used.
* 120-Month (10-Year) ISI Intervals
* Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on Scheduling
* Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirement
* Enclosure 1 - Code Cases
* Enclosure 2 - Alternatives, Relief Requests, and Exceptions to the Rule
* Enclosure 3 - NRC Caveats for the Use of the 2003 Addenda
* Enclosure 4 - NRC Safety Evaluations H2 VOL1 T of C.doc                     Page 1 of 1                         Rev. 1
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Scope The 4th Interval ISI Plan is a compilation of ISI related activities. Each activity is located in a specific volume of this collective plan and is considered to be a stand-alone document with approval sheets for each volume. They are:
Volume 1       General Introduction Volume 2       Class 1, 2, and 3 Inservice Inspection (ISI) Examinations Volume 3       Class 1, 2, and 3 Sketches Volume 4       BWRVIP Vessel Internals Volume 5       IWE Containment Examinations Volume 6       Class 1, 2, and 3 Pressure Testing Note: This plan does not cover Repair and Replacement Activities.
This Introduction also has several enclosures. These are:     Code Cases (with NRC caveats)     Relief Requests, Alternatives, and Exceptions to the Rule     NRC caveats for the use of the 2003 Addenda.     NRC Safety Evaluations Life Extension For the 4th Interval, in addition to the Code requirements, selected one-time examinations were committed to be performed as part of the life-extension process. Nuclear Licensing will submit a list of examinations which will be included in this document at a later date.
 
===Background===
Hatch Nuclear Plant Unit 2 (HNP-2) is a BWR-4 designed by General Electric with a Construction Permit (CP) docket date of 12/27/72 and began commercial operation on 9/5/79.
Classification of Components Per Section 3.2 of the HNP-2 UFSAR, system quality group classifications, as defined in Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide 1.26 (September 1974), were determined for each water, steam, or radioactive waste containing component of those applicable fluid systems relied upon to:
* Prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and malfunctions originating within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB).
* Provide safe shutdown capability of the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition.
Page 1 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION
* Contain radioactive material.
A tabulation showing the quality group classification for each mechanical component is shown in Table 3.2-1 of the UFSAR under the heading, Quality Group Classification.
Drawing No. H-26095 is a diagram which depicts the relative locations of these components along with their quality group classifications. Table 3.2-4 lists the individual systems and the drawing number in which the quality group classifications for the components of the system are indicated. System quality group classifications and design and fabrication requirements are as indicated in Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, per the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.26. Per Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, HNP-2 was essentially designed to ASME Section III, with a few exceptions.
The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 components for ISI purposes is found in the HNP-2 ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are controlled by SNC Design Organization.
Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2), for a boiling or pressurized water-cooled nuclear power facility whose construction permit was issued on or after January 1, 1971, but before July 1, 1974, components (including supports) which are classified as ASME Code Class 1 and Class 2 must be designed and be provided with access to enable the performance of inservice examination of such components (including supports) and must meet the preservice examination requirements set forth in the edition/addenda of ASME Section XI in effect six months prior to the date of issuance of the construction permit. The components (including supports) may meet the requirements set forth in subsequent editions of this code and addenda which are incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2). For HNP-2, the 1971 edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (B&PV) Code could have been used for baseline examinations; however, the 1974 Edition with addenda through Summer 1975 was used.
The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 components for ISI purposes per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2) is found in the ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are controlled by SNC Design Organization.
The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 components for ISI purposes per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2) is found in the ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are controlled by SNC Design Organization.
120-Month (10Year) ISI Intervals Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(i), inservice examinations of components conducted during the initial 10-year inspection interval must comply with the requirements in the latest edition and addenda of the Code incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the date of issuance of the operating license. The HNP-2 operating license was issued on June 13, 1978. The 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda  
120-Month (10Year) ISI Intervals Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(i), inservice examinations of components conducted during the initial 10-year inspection interval must comply with the requirements in the latest edition and addenda of the Code incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the date of issuance of the operating license. The HNP-2 operating license was issued on June 13, 1978. The 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda through Summer 1975 was selected as the Code for the initial 10-year interval. Per IWA-2400 of the 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda through Summer 1975, the initial 10-year interval would start when the facility was placed into commercial service.
 
Commercial operation began on 9/05/79. Therefore the 1st 10-year inspection interval was from 9/05/79 through 9/4/89. Examinations were scheduled such that portions of the required examinations were completed during each 1/3rd of the 1st 10-year interval (each Page 2 of 70
through Summer 1975 was selected as the Code fo r the initial 10-year interval. Per IWA-2400 of the 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda through Summer 1975, the initial 10-year interval would start when the facility was placed into commercial service. Commercial operation began on 9/05/79. Therefore the 1 st 10-year inspection interval was from 9/05/79 through 9/4/89. Examinations were scheduled such that portions of the required examinations were completed during each 1/3 rd of the 1 st 10-year interval (each Page 2 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 40 months). However, about 2/3rds of the way through the HNP-2's 1 st 10-year interval, HNP-1 was required to perform the 2 nd 10-year update. In order that the same Section XI Code could be used for both units, GPC requested and received NRC permission to perform an early update on HNP-2. As defined in Relief Request 8.1.2, effective


01/01/86, the 10-year interval dates were cha nged to coincide with those for HNP-1.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 40 months). However, about 2/3rds of the way through the HNP-2s 1st 10-year interval, HNP-1 was required to perform the 2nd 10-year update. In order that the same Section XI Code could be used for both units, GPC requested and received NRC permission to perform an early update on HNP-2. As defined in Relief Request 8.1.2, effective 01/01/86, the 10-year interval dates were changed to coincide with those for HNP-1.
Ten-year interval dates on HNP-1 were established using the commercial operation date of 12/31/75 as the start of the first ten-year interval. While there is some controversy as to the start of successive intervals, HNP uses the convention that th e old interval ends on 12/31 and new interval immediatel y starts on 12/31. Therefore, successive intervals have ended/began on 12/31/85 and 12/31/95.
Ten-year interval dates on HNP-1 were established using the commercial operation date of 12/31/75 as the start of the first ten-year interval. While there is some controversy as to the start of successive intervals, HNP uses the convention that the old interval ends on 12/31 and new interval immediately starts on 12/31. Therefore, successive intervals have ended/began on 12/31/85 and 12/31/95.
As a result of the change, the original 1 st Interval for HNP-2 ended and the 2 nd Interval began on 12/31/85. The Code of Record for the new 2 nd 10-year interval is the same as required for HNP-1 (1980 Edition of Section XI with Addenda through Winter 1981).
As a result of the change, the original 1st Interval for HNP-2 ended and the 2nd Interval began on 12/31/85. The Code of Record for the new 2nd 10-year interval is the same as required for HNP-1 (1980 Edition of Section XI with Addenda through Winter 1981).
The new 2 nd Interval 40-month period ending dates for HNP-2 (matching those for HNP-
The new 2nd Interval 40-month period ending dates for HNP-2 (matching those for HNP-
: 1) were:
: 1) were:
1 st Period Ended 4/31/89 2 nd Period Ended 8/31/92 3 rd Period Ended12/31/95 As part of the approval of Relief Request 8.1.2, the NRC required that the scheduled examinations left over from the original 1 st interval be performed during the 1 st Period of the new 2 nd interval. This is an important feature, because examinations such as the RPV weld examinations originally scheduled for 3 rd Period of the 1 st interval examinations were now required to be scheduled for the 1 st Period of the 2 nd Interval.
1st Period     Ended 4/31/89 2nd Period     Ended 8/31/92 3rd Period     Ended12/31/95 As part of the approval of Relief Request 8.1.2, the NRC required that the scheduled examinations left over from the original 1st interval be performed during the 1st Period of the new 2nd interval. This is an important feature, because examinations such as the RPV weld examinations originally scheduled for 3rd Period of the 1st interval examinations were now required to be scheduled for the 1st Period of the 2nd Interval.
This new 2 nd Interval ended on 12/31/95. Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii), inservice examination of components conducted during each 120-month (10-year) inspection interval must comply with the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the Code  
This new 2nd Interval ended on 12/31/95. Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii), inservice examination of components conducted during each 120-month (10-year) inspection interval must comply with the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the Code incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the start of the 120-month inspection interval. For the 3rd Interval, the 1989 base edition of ASME Section XI was required to be implemented. The 3rd interval period dates using the 40-month periods originally established by the 1974 Code are compared below with the new period dates established by the 1989 Code.
Examination Period (1974 Code)          Examination Period (1989 Code) 1st Period      Ended 5/1/99            1st Period    Ended 12/31/98 2nd Period      Ended 9/1/02            2nd Period    Ended 12/31/2002 3rd Period      Ends 12/31/05            3rd Period    Ends 12/31/05 Page 3 of 70


incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the start of the 120-month inspection interval. For the 3 rd Interval, the 1989 base edition of ASME Section XI was required to be implemented. The 3 rd interval period dates using the 40-month periods originally established by the 1974 Code are compared below with the new period dates established by the 1989 Code.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION While there is variation in the 1st and 2nd periods, there was no effect because when using either method the outages occurred as follows:
Examination Period (1974 Code)
3rd Interval, 1st Period outages were 2R13 (3/97) and 2R14 (9/98) 3rd Interval, 2nd Period outages were 2R15 (5/00) and 2R16 (5/01) 3rd Interval, 3rd Period outages were 2R17 (2/03) and 2R18 (2/05)
Examination Period (1989 Code) 1 st Period Ended 5/1/99  1 st Period Ended 12/31/98 2 nd Period Ended 9/1/02  2 nd Period Ended 12/31/2002 3 rd Period Ends 12/31/05  3 rd Period Ends 12/31/05 Page 3 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION While there is variation in the 1 st and 2 nd periods, there was no effect because when using either method the outages occurred as follows:
HNP-2 is currently in the 4th ISI Interval (12/31/2005 through 12/31/2015) and is currently using the 2001 Edition of ASME Section XI with Addenda through 2003, as required by 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii). Note: The nomenclature used at HNP is for the start date and the end date to have the same day of the month.
3 rd Interval, 1 st Period outages were 2R13 (3/97) and 2R14 (9/98) 3 rd Interval, 2 nd Period outages were 2R15 (5/00) and 2R16 (5/01) 3 rd Interval, 3 rd Period outages were 2R17 (2/03) and 2R18 (2/05)
Inspection Period dates using 3, 7, and 10 calendar years as established by Section XI Codes are:
HNP-2 is currently in the 4 th ISI Interval (12/31/2005 through 12/31/2015) and is currently using the 2001 Edition of ASME Section XI with Addenda through 2003, as required by 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii). Note: The nomenclature used at HNP is for the start date and the end date to have the same day of the month.
1st Period       12/31/05 through 12/31/08 2nd Period       12/31/08 through 12/31/12 3rd Period       12/31/12 through 12/31/15 The 1st Period outages are 2R19 (2/2007) and 2R20 (2/2009) using IWA-2430(d)(3)
Inspection Period dates using 3, 7, and 10 cale ndar years as established by Section XI Codes are:
The 2nd Period has only one outage which is 2R21 (2/2011)
1 st Period 12/31/05 through 12/31/08 2 nd Period 12/31/08 through 12/31/12 3 rd Period 12/31/12 through 12/31/15 The 1 st Period outages are 2R19 (2/2007) and 2R20 (2/2009) using IWA-2430(d)(3)
The 3rd Period outages are 2R22 (2/2013) and 2R23 (2/2015)
The 2 nd Period has only one outage which is 2R21 (2/2011)
Class MC Implementation Schedule - Per SER dated April 25, 2005, SNC aligned the IWE inspection interval with the ISI inspection interval. The current 10-year inspection interval began 12/31/2005 and goes through 12/31/2015. All inspections required during the previous containment inspection interval were completed during the previous interval.
The 3 rd Period outages are 2R22 (2/2013) and 2R23 (2/2015)
Exams required to be performed on an interval frequency will be performed at the same point in time as would be required if the containment inspection interval had not changed.
Class MC Implementation Schedule - Per SER dated April 25, 2005, SNC aligned the IWE inspection interval with the IS I inspection interval. The current 10-year inspection interval began 12/31/2005 and goes through 12/31/2015. All inspections required during the previous containment inspection interval were completed during the previous interval.
All other code required exams are required on a period basis. The change of inspection interval will have no impact on the scheduling of these exams.
Exams required to be performed on an interval frequency will be performed at the same point in time as would be required if the containment inspection interval had not changed. All other code required exams are required on a period basis. The change of inspection interval will have no impact on the scheduling of these exams.
Table IWC-2412-1 is used for determining the maximum percentages of examinations credited for each period in lieu of the requirements of Tables IWX-2412-1.
Table IWC-2412-1 is used for determining the maximum percentages of examinations credited for each period in lieu of the requirements of Tables IWX-2412-1.
Period Minimum Exams Completed Maximum Exams Credited 1 st Period 16%     50%
Period           Minimum Exams Completed               Maximum Exams Credited 1st Period               16%                                           50%
2 nd Period 50%**     75%
2nd Period               50%**                                         75%
3 rd Period 100%     100%  
3rd Period               100%                                         100%
** If the first period completion percentage is greater than 34%, then at least 16% of the required examinations must be performed during the 2 nd period. Page 4 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on the Scheduling of Examinations IWB-2420 requires that the sequence of component examinati ons established during the first inspection interval shall be repeated during each successive inspection interval, to the extent practical. HNP-2 originally began operation using a 12 month operating cycle during the first inspec tion interval. Later in operation, HNP-2 began using an 18 month operating cycle, and beginning with refue ling outage 2R17 (3/2003), HNP-2 began using a 24 month cycle. The lengthening of the operating cycle has eliminated refueling outages and, by necessity, examinations have been shifted. Add itionally, per NRC Code Case N-624 the sequence of examinations may be modified in a manner that optimizes scaffolding, radiological, insulation removal, or other considerations.
** If the first period completion percentage is greater than 34%, then at least 16% of the required examinations must be performed during the 2nd period.
Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirements When a Class 1 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWB-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volum etric or surface flaws) or IWB-3142.4 (Analytical Evaluation of rele vant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during each of the next three periods.  (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWB-2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).
Page 4 of 70
When a Class 2 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWC-3122.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volum etric or surface flaws) or IWC-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of rele vant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.  (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWC-


2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on the Scheduling of Examinations IWB-2420 requires that the sequence of component examinations established during the first inspection interval shall be repeated during each successive inspection interval, to the extent practical. HNP-2 originally began operation using a 12 month operating cycle during the first inspection interval. Later in operation, HNP-2 began using an 18 month operating cycle, and beginning with refueling outage 2R17 (3/2003), HNP-2 began using a 24 month cycle. The lengthening of the operating cycle has eliminated refueling outages and, by necessity, examinations have been shifted. Additionally, per NRC Code Case N-624 the sequence of examinations may be modified in a manner that optimizes scaffolding, radiological, insulation removal, or other considerations.
Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirements When a Class 1 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWB-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volumetric or surface flaws) or IWB-3142.4 (Analytical Evaluation of relevant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during each of the next three periods. (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWB-2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).
When a Class 2 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWC-3122.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volumetric or surface flaws) or IWC-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of relevant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period. (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWC-2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).
When a Class 3 component is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWD-3000, the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.
When a Class 3 component is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWD-3000, the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.
When a component support is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWF-3122.2 (acceptance by corrective measures), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.
When a component support is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWF-3122.2 (acceptance by corrective measures), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.
SNC uses an Indication Notification Form (INF) to document when components require evaluation to substantiate their integrity for their intended service. The INFs for the 3rd Interval are shown in the following table. A re view of the INFs indicates that at the start of the 4 th Interval, these are the following components requiring successive examinations:
SNC uses an Indication Notification Form (INF) to document when components require evaluation to substantiate their integrity for their intended service. The INFs for the 3rd Interval are shown in the following table. A review of the INFs indicates that at the start of the 4th Interval, these are the following components requiring successive examinations:
Page 5 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Spring Can 2N11-MS-H21 - Reported on S05H21009 for 2R18. The site determined that it should be re-examine d during 2R19, plus 2R20 and 2R21. Stabilizer Bracket 2B11/SB4 - Reported on S05H21010. Re-examine the area containing the unacceptable indication during Period 1, 2, and 3 of the 4 th Interval.
Page 5 of 70
Table 1 INF Period Outage Applicability Evaluation I97H2001 1 2R13 RPV internals NA for ISI I97H2002 1 2R13 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2001 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2002 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2003 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2004 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2005 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2006 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2007 1 2R14 Acceptable indications on welded attachments 2E41-2HPCI-20-TD-4PL-1 thru 4. No corrective measures or scope expansion. No reexamination required.
 
I00H2001 2 2R15 IWE Scope NA for ISI I00H2002 2 2R15 IWE Scope NA for ISI I00H2003 2 2R15 RPV internals NA for ISI I00H2004 2 2R15 Corrective measures required for hanger 2E11-RHR-H161. Scope expansion included the two adjacent supports (spring can H162 and snubber R240) plus hanger H193. Re-examined during 2R17 (Period 3).
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Spring Can 2N11-MS-H21 - Reported on S05H21009 for 2R18. The site determined that it should be re-examined during 2R19, plus 2R20 and 2R21.
I00H2005 2 2R15 Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R240. No corrective measures or scope expansion. No reexamination required. I00H2006 2 2R15 Thermometer out of calibration. NA for ISI NA for ISI I01H2001 2 2R16 Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R291. No corrective measures or scope expansion. No reexamination required. I01H2002 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I01H2003 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I01H2004 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I03H2001 3 2R17 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21001 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21002 3 2R18 Acceptable condition for 2P41-DSW-R49 No Action Required S05H21003 2 2R18 Acceptable condition for 2E21-CS-R82 No Action Required S05H21004 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21005 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21006 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21007 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21008 3 2R18 Acceptable Condition for: 2B21-MSRV-H22, 2E41-CS-H83, 2E41-HPCI-H70 No Action Required S05H21009 2 2R18 Adjustment for Spring can 2N11-MS-H21 Re-examine 2R19, 2R20, and 2R21.
Stabilizer Bracket 2B11/SB4 - Reported on S05H21010. Re-examine the area containing the unacceptable indication during Period 1, 2, and 3 of the 4th Interval.
S05H21010 1 2R18 Unacceptable PT indication on 2B11/SB4 Re-examine each of the next three periods. S05H21011 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI Page 6 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 1 CODE CASES Page 7 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Page 8 of 70 Code Cases IWA-2420 requires that inspection plans incl ude Code Cases proposed for use and the extent of their application. Those Code Cases acceptable for use by the NRC are listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147. The latest version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 approved for use by the NRC is published in 10 CFR 50.55a.
Table 1 INF         Period     Outage                     Applicability                         Evaluation I97H2001           1         2R13   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I97H2002           1         2R13   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2001           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2002           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2003           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2004           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2005           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2006           1         2R14   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I98H2007           1         2R14   Acceptable indications on welded attachments 2E41- No reexamination 2HPCI-20-TD-4PL-1 thru 4. No corrective measures   required.
The version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 published at the be ginning of the 4 th Interval in 10 CFR 50.55a is Revision 14.
or scope expansion.
I00H2001           2         2R15   IWE Scope                                         NA for ISI I00H2002           2         2R15   IWE Scope                                         NA for ISI I00H2003           2         2R15   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I00H2004           2         2R15   Corrective measures required for hanger 2E11-RHR- Re-examined during H161. Scope expansion included the two adjacent   2R17 (Period 3).
supports (spring can H162 and snubber R240) plus hanger H193.
I00H2005           2         2R15   Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R240. No reexamination No corrective measures or scope expansion.         required.
I00H2006           2         2R15   Thermometer out of calibration. NA for ISI         NA for ISI I01H2001           2         2R16   Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R291. No reexamination No corrective measures or scope expansion.         required.
I01H2002           2         2R16   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I01H2003           2         2R16   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I01H2004           2         2R16   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI I03H2001           3         2R17   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21001         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21002         3         2R18   Acceptable condition for 2P41-DSW-R49             No Action Required S05H21003         2         2R18   Acceptable condition for 2E21-CS-R82               No Action Required S05H21004         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21005         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21006         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21007         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI S05H21008         3         2R18   Acceptable Condition for:                         No Action Required 2B21-MSRV-H22, 2E41-CS-H83, 2E41-HPCI-H70 S05H21009         2         2R18   Adjustment for Spring can 2N11-MS-H21             Re-examine 2R19, 2R20, and 2R21.
S05H21010         1         2R18   Unacceptable PT indication on 2B11/SB4             Re-examine each of the next three periods.
S05H21011         1         2R18   RPV internals                                     NA for ISI Page 6 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 1 CODE CASES Page 7 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Code Cases IWA-2420 requires that inspection plans include Code Cases proposed for use and the extent of their application. Those Code Cases acceptable for use by the NRC are listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147. The latest version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 approved for use by the NRC is published in 10 CFR 50.55a. The version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 published at the beginning of the 4th Interval in 10 CFR 50.55a is Revision 14.
Therefore, at the beginning of the interval, only Revision 14 may be used.
Therefore, at the beginning of the interval, only Revision 14 may be used.
During the 4 th Interval the NRC will approve additional revisions of Regulatory Guide 1.147interval. These are the rules that must be followed:
During the 4th Interval the NRC will approve additional revisions of Regulatory Guide 1.147interval. These are the rules that must be followed:
If a Code Case has previously been implemented by HNP and a later version of the Code Case is incorporated by reference into 10 CFR 50.55a and listed Regulatory Guide 1.147 during the 4 th interval, it is permissible to use either the later version or the previous version. An exception to this provision would be the inclusion of a limitation or condition on the use of the Code Case which is necessary, for example, to enhance safety.
If a Code Case has previously been implemented by HNP and a later version of the Code Case is incorporated by reference into 10 CFR 50.55a and listed Regulatory Guide 1.147 during the 4th interval, it is permissible to use either the later version or the previous version. An exception to this provision would be the inclusion of a limitation or condition on the use of the Code Case which is necessary, for example, to enhance safety.
10 CFR 50.55a requires that when HNP initially implements a Code Case, the most recent version of that Code Case as listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147 must be implemented.
10 CFR 50.55a requires that when HNP initially implements a Code Case, the most recent version of that Code Case as listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147 must be implemented.
Code Cases may expire or be annulled because the provisions have been incorporated into the Code, the application for which it was specifically devel oped no longer exists, or experience has shown that an examination or testing method is no longer inadequate. After a Code Case is annu lled and 10 CFR 50.55a and Regulatory Guide 1.147 are amended, HNP may not implement that Code Case for the first time. However, if HNP has implemented the Code Case prior to annulment HNP may continue to use that Code Case through the end of the 4 th interval.
Code Cases may expire or be annulled because the provisions have been incorporated into the Code, the application for which it was specifically developed no longer exists, or experience has shown that an examination or testing method is no longer inadequate. After a Code Case is annulled and 10 CFR 50.55a and Regulatory Guide 1.147 are amended, HNP may not implement that Code Case for the first time.
Regulatory Guide 1.147 also contains Code Ca ses that are acceptable provided that they are used with the identified limitations or modifications, i.e., the Code Case is generally acceptable but the NRC has determined that the alternative requirements must be supplemented in order to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. These caveats established by the NRC must be used when using the Code Case.
However, if HNP has implemented the Code Case prior to annulment HNP may continue to use that Code Case through the end of the 4th interval.
Table 1 lists all Section XI Code Cases that may be used by HNP during the 4 th interval, without prior NRC approval. Code Cases currently used or considered for use at HNP are designated by a "Yes" in Column 3. Use of other Code Cases or revisions to Code Cases requires prior NRC appr oval per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3).  
Regulatory Guide 1.147 also contains Code Cases that are acceptable provided that they are used with the identified limitations or modifications, i.e., the Code Case is generally acceptable but the NRC has determined that the alternative requirements must be supplemented in order to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety.
These caveats established by the NRC must be used when using the Code Case.
Table 1 lists all Section XI Code Cases that may be used by HNP during the 4th interval, without prior NRC approval. Code Cases currently used or considered for use at HNP are designated by a Yes in Column 3. Use of other Code Cases or revisions to Code Cases requires prior NRC approval per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3).
Page 8 of 70


HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-307-3 Revised Ultrasonic Examination Volume for Class 1 Bolting, Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-1, When the Examinations Are Conducted from the End of the Bolt or Stud or from the Center-Drilled Hole 14 YES ISI  N-311 Alternative Examination of Outlet Nozzle on Secondary Side of Steam Generators.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                     Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
14 NO ISI There are no Steam Generators at HNP. N-322 Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 1 Piping at Containment Penetrations 14 NO ISI  N-323-1 Alternative Examination for Welded Attachments to Pressure Vessels 14 YES ISI  N-334 Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 2 Piping at Containment Penetrations 14 NO ISI  N-416-3 Alternative Pressure Test Requirements for Welded Repairs or Installation of Replacement Items by Welding, Class 1, 2, and 3.
N-307-3                                                                             14  YES        ISI Revised Ultrasonic Examination Volume for Class 1 Bolting, Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-1, When the Examinations Are Conducted from the End of the Bolt or Stud or from the Center-Drilled Hole N-311                                                                               14  NO        ISI      There are no Steam Generators at HNP.
14 NO R/R N-416-2 is included in the 2003 Addenda and does not require additional NDE per the 1992 Edition of Section III N-432-1 Repair Welding Using Automatic or Machine Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW) Temper Bead Technique NO R/R SNC sites have not used temper bead welding and will probably not use in the future. N-435-1 Alternative Examination Requirements for Vessels With Wall Thickness 2 in or less 14 NO ISI In 2003 Addenda N-460 Alternative Examination Coverage for Class 1 and 2 Welds 14 YES ISI  N-471 Acoustic Emission for Successive Inspections 14 NO ISI  Page 9 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-481 Alternative Examination Requirements for Cast Austenitic Pump Casings 14 NO ISI  N-485-1 Eddy Current Examination of Coated Ferritic Surfaces as an Alternative to Surface Examination 14 NO ISI  N-490-1 Alternative Vision Test Requirements for Nondestructive Examiners 14 NO Certification In 2003 Addenda N-491-2 Rules for Examination of Class 1, 2, 3, and MC Component Supports 14 NO ISI/IWE Use 2003 Addenda N-494-3 Pipe Specific Evaluation Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Flaws in Class 1 Ferritic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.2 and in Class 1 Austenitic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.3 14 YES Evaluation May be used if flaws are detected N-496-2 Helical Coil Threaded Inserts 14 NO R/R In 2003 addenda N-498-4 Alternative Requirements for 10-Year System Hydrostatic Testing for Class 1, 2, and 3 Systems.
Alternative Examination of Outlet Nozzle on Secondary Side of Steam Generators.
N-322                                                                                14   NO       ISI Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 1 Piping at Containment Penetrations N-323-1                                                                             14  YES        ISI Alternative Examination for Welded Attachments to Pressure Vessels N-334                                                                               14  NO        ISI Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 2 Piping at Containment Penetrations N-416-3                                                                              14   NO       R/R      N-416-2 is included in the 2003 Addenda Alternative Pressure Test Requirements for Welded Repairs or Installation of                                 and does not require additional NDE per Replacement Items by Welding, Class 1, 2, and 3.                                                             the 1992 Edition of Section III N-432-1                                                                                   NO        R/R      SNC sites have not used temper bead Repair Welding Using Automatic or Machine Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)                                     welding and will probably not use in the Temper Bead Technique                                                                                        future.
N-435-1                                                                             14  NO        ISI      In 2003 Addenda Alternative Examination Requirements for Vessels With Wall Thickness 2 in or less N-460                                                                               14  YES        ISI Alternative Examination Coverage for Class 1 and 2 Welds N-471                                                                               14  NO        ISI Acoustic Emission for Successive Inspections Page 9 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
N-481                                                                                 14    NO        ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Cast Austenitic Pump Casings N-485-1                                                                               14    NO        ISI Eddy Current Examination of Coated Ferritic Surfaces as an Alternative to Surface Examination N-490-1                                                                               14    NO    Certification In 2003 Addenda Alternative Vision Test Requirements for Nondestructive Examiners N-491-2                                                                               14    NO      ISI/IWE    Use 2003 Addenda Rules for Examination of Class 1, 2, 3, and MC Component Supports N-494-3                                                                               14  YES    Evaluation  May be used if flaws are detected Pipe Specific Evaluation Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Flaws in Class 1 Ferritic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.2 and in Class 1 Austenitic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.3 N-496-2                                                                               14   NO       R/R       In 2003 addenda Helical Coil Threaded Inserts N-498-4                                                                               14    NO      Pressure    Use 2003 addenda.
Alternative Requirements for 10-Year System Hydrostatic Testing for Class 1, 2,                       Testing and 3 Systems.
NRC Condition for use:
NRC Condition for use:
Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.
Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.
14 NO Pressure Testing Use 2003 addenda.
Page 10 of 70
Page 10 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-503 Limited Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel Note: Because of the statistical screening criteria used for Appendix VIII to Section XI qualifications, this Code Case is not applicable to Appendix VIII, "Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems 14 NO Certification Use 2003 addenda N-504-2 Alternative Rules for Repair of Class 1, 2, and 3 Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping 14 YES R/R May use if needed. N-508-2 Rotation of Serviced Snubbers and Pressure Relief Valves for the Purpose of Testing 14 YES R/R  N-513-1 Evaluation Criteria for Temporary Acceptance of Flaws in Class 3 Piping NRC Condition for use
 
:    (1) Specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied. (2) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to: (a) Components other than pipe and tube (b) Leakage through a gasket (c) Threaded connections employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leakage is not a structural flaw; thread integrity must be maintained) (d) Degraded socket welds 14 YES Evaluation May use if needed.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
Page 11 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-516-3 Underwater Welding, Section XI NRC Condition for use
N-503                                                                                   14    NO    Certification Use 2003 addenda Limited Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel Note: Because of the statistical screening criteria used for Appendix VIII to Section XI qualifications, this Code Case is not applicable to Appendix VIII, Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems N-504-2                                                                                 14  YES        R/R      May use if needed.
:  Licensees must obtain NRC approval in accordance with 10 CFR 5055a(a)(3) regarding the technique to be used in the weld repair or replacement of irradiated material underwater 14 YES R/R May use if needed. N-517-1 Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Owners NRC Condition for use: The Owner's Quality Assurance (QA) Program that is approved under Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 must address the use of this Code Case and any unique QA requirements identified by the Code Case that are not contained in the owner's QA Program description. This would include the activities performed in accordance with this Code Case that are subject to monitoring by the ANI.
Alternative Rules for Repair of Class 1, 2, and 3 Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping N-508-2                                                                                14   YES       R/R Rotation of Serviced Snubbers and Pressure Relief Valves for the Purpose of Testing N-513-1                                                                                 14  YES    Evaluation  May use if needed.
14 YES R/R May use if needed. N-522 Pressure Testing of Containment Penetration Piping 14 NO Pressure Testing Use 2003 Addenda N-523-2 Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda N-526 Alternative Requirements for Successive Inspections of Class 1 and 2 Vessels 14 YES ISI If subsurface flaws are detected this Code Case may be used.
Evaluation Criteria for Temporary Acceptance of Flaws in Class 3 Piping NRC Condition for use:
Page 12 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-528-1 Purchase, Exchange, or Transfer of Material Between Nuclear Plant Sites NRC Condition for use
(1) Specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied.
:  The requirements of 10 CFR Part 21 are to be applied to the nuclear plant site supplying the material as well as to the nuclear plant site receiving the material that has been purchased, exchanged, or transferred between sites.
(2) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to:
14 YES R/R May use if necessary. N-532-1 Alternative Requirements to Repair and Replacement Documentation Requirements and Inservice Summary Report Preparation and Submission as Required by IWA-4000 and IWA-6000 NRC Condition for use
(a) Components other than pipe and tube (b) Leakage through a gasket (c) Threaded connections employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leakage is not a structural flaw; thread integrity must be maintained)
: Code Case N-532-1 requires an Owner's Activity Report Form OAR-1 to be prepared and certified upon completion of each refueling outage. The OAR-1 forms must be submitted to the NRC within 90 days of the completion of the refueling outage 14 YES R/R May use if necessary. N-533-1 Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Class 1, 2, and 3 Insulated Pressure-Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Condition for use:
(d) Degraded socket welds Page 11 of 70
Prior to conducting the VT-2 examination, the provisions of IWA-5213, "Test Condition Holding Times," 1989 Edition, are to be followed.
 
14 YES R/R May use if necessary. N-534 Alternative Requirements for Pneumatic Pressure Testing 14 NO Pressure Testing In 2003 Addenda Page 13 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-537 Location of Ultrasonic Depth-Sizing Flaws, Section XI 14 NO Appendix VIII In 2003 Addenda N-545 Alternative Requirements for Conduct of Performance Demonstration Detection Test of Reactor Vessel 14 NO Appendix VIII In 2003 Addenda N-546 Alternative Requirements for Qualification of VT-2 Examination NRC Conditions for use: (1) Qualify examination personnel by test to demonstrate knowledge of Section XI and plant specific procedures for VT-2 visual examination (2) This code case is applicable only to the performance of VT-2 examinations and may not be applied to other VT-2 functions such as verifying the adequacy of procedures and training VT-2 personnel 14 NO Certification In 2003 Addenda Page 14 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-552 Alternative Methods - Qualification for Nozzle Inside Radius Section from the Outside Surface NRC Conditions for use: To achieve consistency with the 10 CFR 50.55a rule change published September 22, 1999 (64 FR 51370), incorporating Appendix VIII, "Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems," to Section XI, add the following to the specimen requirements:  
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
"At least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum mis-orientation must be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.
N-516-3                                                                               14  YES        R/R      May use if needed.
Add to detection criteria, "The number of false calls must not exceed three."
Underwater Welding, Section XI NRC Condition for use:
14 YES Appendix VIII N-553-1 Inservice Eddy Current Surface Examination of Pressure Retaining Pipe Welds and Nozzle-to-Safe End Welds 14 NO ISI  N-554-2 Alternative Requirements for Reconciliation of Replacement Items and Addition of New Systems NRC Conditions for use
Licensees must obtain NRC approval in accordance with 10 CFR 5055a(a)(3) regarding the technique to be used in the weld repair or replacement of irradiated material underwater N-517-1                                                                                14   YES       R/R       May use if needed.
: The component used for repair/replacement must be manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 14 YES R/R May use. Most of the provisions of this code case are in 2003 Addenda.
Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Owners NRC Condition for use:
Page 15 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-557-1 In-Place Dry Annealing of a PWR Reactor Vessel NRC Conditions for use: The secondary stress allowable of 3Sm, shown in Figure 1 of the Code Case, must be applied to the entire primary plus secondary stress range during the anneal 14 NO R/R HNP is a BWR. N-566-2 Corrective Action for Leakage Identified at Bolted Connections 14 YES Pressure Testing N-567-1 Alternative Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Replacement Components NRC Conditions for use
The Owners Quality Assurance (QA) Program that is approved under Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 must address the use of this Code Case and any unique QA requirements identified by the Code Case that are not contained in the owners QA Program description. This would include the activities performed in accordance with this Code Case that are subject to monitoring by the ANI.
:  The component used for repair/replacement must have been manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda N-568 Alternative Examination Requirements for Welded Attachments NRC Conditions for use:
N-522                                                                                 14    NO      Pressure    Use 2003 Addenda Pressure Testing of Containment Penetration Piping                                                   Testing N-523-2                                                                               14    NO        R/R      In 2003 Addenda Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping N-526                                                                                 14  YES        ISI      If subsurface flaws are detected this Code Alternative Requirements for Successive Inspections of Class 1 and 2 Vessels                                     Case may be used.
This Code Case may only be used for examination of the accessible portions of lugs on piping where riser clamps (i.e., clamps on vertical runs of pipe) obstruct access to welded surfaces 14 YES ISI  Page 16 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-569-1 Alternative Rules for Repair by Electrochemical Deposition of Class 1 and 2 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:
Page 12 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                         Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
N-528-1                                                                                 14  YES        R/R      May use if necessary.
Purchase, Exchange, or Transfer of Material Between Nuclear Plant Sites NRC Condition for use:
The requirements of 10 CFR Part 21 are to be applied to the nuclear plant site supplying the material as well as to the nuclear plant site receiving the material that has been purchased, exchanged, or transferred between sites.
N-532-1                                                                                  14 YES       R/R       May use if necessary.
Alternative Requirements to Repair and Replacement Documentation Requirements and Inservice Summary Report Preparation and Submission as Required by IWA-4000 and IWA-6000 NRC Condition for use:
Code Case N-532-1 requires an Owners Activity Report Form OAR-1 to be prepared and certified upon completion of each refueling outage. The OAR-1 forms must be submitted to the NRC within 90 days of the completion of the refueling outage N-533-1                                                                                  14 YES       R/R       May use if necessary.
Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Class 1, 2, and 3 Insulated Pressure-Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Condition for use:
Prior to conducting the VT-2 examination, the provisions of IWA-5213, Test Condition Holding Times, 1989 Edition, are to be followed.
N-534                                                                                   14  NO      Pressure    In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Pneumatic Pressure Testing                                               Testing Page 13 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                     Rev Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
N-537                                                                               14  NO    Appendix VIII  In 2003 Addenda Location of Ultrasonic Depth-Sizing Flaws, Section XI N-545                                                                                14   NO   Appendix VIII In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Conduct of Performance Demonstration Detection Test of Reactor Vessel N-546                                                                                14   NO     Certification In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Qualification of VT-2 Examination NRC Conditions for use:
(1) Qualify examination personnel by test to demonstrate knowledge of Section XI and plant specific procedures for VT-2 visual examination (2) This code case is applicable only to the performance of VT-2 examinations and may not be applied to other VT-2 functions such as verifying the adequacy of procedures and training VT-2 personnel Page 14 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
N-552                                                                                   14  YES    Appendix VIII Alternative Methods - Qualification for Nozzle Inside Radius Section from the Outside Surface NRC Conditions for use:
To achieve consistency with the 10 CFR 50.55a rule change published September 22, 1999 (64 FR 51370), incorporating Appendix VIII, Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems, to Section XI, add the following to the specimen requirements:
"At least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum mis-orientation must be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.
Add to detection criteria, The number of false calls must not exceed three.
N-553-1                                                                                 14  NO        ISI Inservice Eddy Current Surface Examination of Pressure Retaining Pipe Welds and Nozzle-to-Safe End Welds N-554-2                                                                                 14  YES        R/R      May use. Most of the provisions of this Alternative Requirements for Reconciliation of Replacement Items and Addition of                                 code case are in 2003 Addenda.
New Systems NRC Conditions for use:
The component used for repair/replacement must be manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 Page 15 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
N-557-1                                                                                 14    NO        R/R      HNP is a BWR.
In-Place Dry Annealing of a PWR Reactor Vessel NRC Conditions for use:
The secondary stress allowable of 3Sm, shown in Figure 1 of the Code Case, must be applied to the entire primary plus secondary stress range during the anneal N-566-2                                                                                 14  YES      Pressure Corrective Action for Leakage Identified at Bolted Connections                                       Testing N-567-1                                                                                 14    NO        R/R      In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Replacement Components NRC Conditions for use:
The component used for repair/replacement must have been manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 N-568                                                                                   14  YES        ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Welded Attachments NRC Conditions for use:
This Code Case may only be used for examination of the accessible portions of lugs on piping where riser clamps (i.e., clamps on vertical runs of pipe) obstruct access to welded surfaces Page 16 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
N-569-1                                                                                   14    NO        R/R      HNP does not have Steam Generators.
Alternative Rules for Repair by Electrochemical Deposition of Class 1 and 2 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:
Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Tech Specs. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of the inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in Footnote 2, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.
Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Tech Specs. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of the inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in Footnote 2, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.
14 NO R/R HNP does not have Steam Generators. N-573 Transfer of Procedure Qualification Records Between Owners 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda N-576-1 Repair of Class 1 and 2 SB-163, UNS N06600 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:
N-573                                                                                    14   NO       R/R       In 2003 Addenda Transfer of Procedure Qualification Records Between Owners N-576-1                                                                                  14   NO       R/R       HNP does not have Steam Generators.
Repair of Class 1 and 2 SB-163, UNS N06600 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:
NOTES: Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Technical Specifications. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in the footnote, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.
NOTES: Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Technical Specifications. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in the footnote, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.
14 NO R/R HNP does not have Steam Generators.
Page 17 of 70
Page 17 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-583 Annual Training Alternative NRC Conditions for use:  
 
(1) Supplemental practice shall be performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from material or welds that contain cracks (2) The training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensee's facility 14 YES Appendix VIII Use 2003 Addenda. N-586 Alternative Additional Examination Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Piping, Components, and Supports NRC Conditions for use:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                       Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
N-583                                                                                 14  YES    Appendix VIII Use 2003 Addenda.
Annual Training Alternative NRC Conditions for use:
(1) Supplemental practice shall be performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from material or welds that contain cracks (2) The training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensees facility N-586                                                                                 14  YES        ISI      May be used for root cause scope Alternative Additional Examination Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Piping,                                   expansion in lieu of Code requirements.
Components, and Supports NRC Conditions for use:
The engineering evaluations addressed under Item (a) and the additional examinations addressed under Item (b) shall be performed during this outage. If the additional examinations performed under Item (b) reveal indications exceeding the applicable acceptance criteria of Section XI, the engineering evaluations and the examinations shall be further extended to include additional evaluations and examinations at this outage.
The engineering evaluations addressed under Item (a) and the additional examinations addressed under Item (b) shall be performed during this outage. If the additional examinations performed under Item (b) reveal indications exceeding the applicable acceptance criteria of Section XI, the engineering evaluations and the examinations shall be further extended to include additional evaluations and examinations at this outage.
14 YES ISI May be used for root cause scope expansion in lieu of Code requirements. N-588 Attenuation to Reference Flaw Orientation of Appendix G for Circumferential Welds in reactor vessels.
N-588                                                                                 14  NO Attenuation to Reference Flaw Orientation of Appendix G for Circumferential Welds in reactor vessels.
14 NO  Page 18 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-592 ASNT Central Certification Program 14 YES Certification N-593 Alternative Examination Requirements for Steam Generator Nozzle to Vessel Welds  NRC Conditions for use
Page 18 of 70
:  Essentially 100 percent (not less than 90 percent) of the examination volume A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H must be inspected.
14 NO ISI HNP does not have Steam Generators.
Page 19 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-597-1 Requirements for Analytical Evaluation of Pipe Wall Thinning NRC Conditions for use:
(1) Code Case must be supplemented by the provisions of EPRI Nuclear Safety Analysis Center Report 202L-R2, April 1999, "Recommendations for an Effective Flow Accelerated Corrosion Program," for developing the inspection requirements, the method of predicting the rate of wall thickness loss, and the value of the predicted remaining wall thickness. As used in NSAC-202L-R2, the terms "should" and "shall" have the same expectation of being completed. (2) Components affected by flow-accelerated corrosion to which this Code Case are applied must be repaired or replaced in accordance with the construction code of record and Owner's requirements or a later NRC approved edition of Section III of the ASME Code prior to the value of t p reaching the allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin, as specified in -3622.1(a)(1) of this Code Case. Alternatively, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval. (3) For Class 1 piping not meeting the criteria of -3221, the use of evaluation methods and criteria is subject to NRC review and approval. (4) For those components that do not require immediate repair or replacement, the rate of wall thickness loss is to be used to determine a suitable inspection frequency so that repair or replacement occurs prior to reaching allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin. (5) For corrosion phenomenon other than flow accelerated corrosion, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval. Inspection plans and wall thinning rates may be difficult to justify for certain degradation mechanisms such as MIC and pitting 14 NO Evaluation Page 20 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-598 Alternative Requirements to Required Percentages of Examinations 14 NO ISI Incorporated into the Code N-599 Alternatives to Qualification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel for Inservice Inspection of Metal (Class MC) and Concrete (Class CC) Containments NRC Conditions for use:
This Code Case may not be used when a licensee updates to the 1992 or later Edition of Section XI that requires the use of ANSI/ASNT CP-189, "Standard for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing Personnel 14 NO Certification NA to later editions of the Code. N-600 Transfer of Welder, Welding Operator, Brazer, and Brazing Operator Qualifications Between Owners 14 NO R/R May be used if necessary. N-601 Extent and Frequency of VT-3 Visual Examination for Inservice Inspection of Metal Containments 14 NO IWE  N-603 Alternative to the Requirements of IWL-2421, Sites with Two Plants 14 NO IWL HNP does not have a concrete containment. N-604 Alternative to Bolt Torque or Tension Test Requirements of Table IWE-2500-1, Category E-G, Item E8.20 14 NO IWE  N-605 Alternative to the Requirements of IWE-2500(b) for Augmented Examination of


Surface Areas 14 NO IWE Page 21 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-606-1 Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique for BWR CRD Housing/Stub Tube Repairs NRC Conditions for use
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                    Rev  Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
:  Prior to welding, an examination or verification must be performed to ensure proper preparation of the base metal, and that the surface is properly contoured so that an acceptable weld can be produced. The surfaces to be welded, and surfaces adjacent to the weld, are to be free from contaminants, such as, rust, moisture, grease, and other foreign material or any other condition that would prevent proper welding and adversely affect the quality or strength of the weld. This verification is to be required in the welding procedures.
N-592                                                                                14  YES    Certification ASNT Central Certification Program N-593                                                                                14   NO         ISI      HNP does not have Steam Generators.
14 NO R/R Not used by SNC. N-609 Alternative Requirements to Stress-Based Selection Criteria for Category B-J Welds 14 NO ISI Guidance is used. N-613-1 Ultrasonic Examination of Penetration Nozzles in Vessels, Category B-D, Item Nos. B3.10 and B3.90, Reactor Nozzle-to-Vessel Welds, Figs. IWB-2500-7(a), (b), and (c).         14 YES ISI  Page 22 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-616 Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Classes 1, 2, 3 Insulated Pressure Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Conditions for use
Alternative Examination Requirements for Steam Generator Nozzle to Vessel Welds NRC Conditions for use:
:  (1) Insulation must be removed for VT-2 examination during the system pressure test for any 17-4 PH stainless steel of 410 stainless steel stud or bolt aged at a temperature below 1100 0F or with hardness above R C30. (2) For A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts, the preload must be verified to be below 100 KSI or the thermal insulation must be removed and the joint visually examined. (3) Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.
Essentially 100 percent (not less than 90 percent) of the examination volume A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H must be inspected.
14 NO Pressure Testing  N-617 Alternative Examination Distribution Requirements for Table IWC-2500-1, Examination Category C-G, Pressure Retaining Welds in Pumps and Valves 14 NO ISI HNP does not have Class 3 welds in pumps and valves.
Page 19 of 70
Page 23 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-619 Alternative Requirements for Nozzle Inner Radius Inspections for Class 1 Pressurizer and Steam Generator Nozzles NRC Conditions for use
 
:  In lieu of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                        Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?
14 NO ISI HNP does not have Steam Generators. N-623 Deferral of Inspections of Shell-to-Flange and Head-to-Flange Welds of a Reactor Vessel 14 NO ISI  N-624 Successive Inspections 14 YES ISI N-629 Use of Fracture Toughness Test Data to Establish Reference Temperature for Pressure Retaining Materials 14 NO -  N-638-1 Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique NRC Conditions for use
N-597-1                                                                                  14    NO    Evaluation Requirements for Analytical Evaluation of Pipe Wall Thinning NRC Conditions for use:
: UT examinations shall be performed with personnel and procedures qualified for the repaired volume and qualified by demonstration using representative samples which contain construction type flaws. The acceptance criteria of NB-5330 in the 1989 Edition through the 2000 Addenda of Section III apply to all flaws identified within the repaired volume.
(1) Code Case must be supplemented by the provisions of EPRI Nuclear Safety Analysis Center Report 202L-R2, April 1999, "Recommendations for an Effective Flow Accelerated Corrosion Program," for developing the inspection requirements, the method of predicting the rate of wall thickness loss, and the value of the predicted remaining wall thickness. As used in NSAC-202L-R2, the terms "should" and "shall" have the same expectation of being completed.
14 NO R/R Not used by SNC.
(2) Components affected by flow-accelerated corrosion to which this Code Case are applied must be repaired or replaced in accordance with the construction code of record and Owners requirements or a later NRC approved edition of Section III of the ASME Code prior to the value of tp reaching the allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin, as specified in -3622.1(a)(1) of this Code Case. Alternatively, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval.
Page 24 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-639 Alternative Calibration Block Material, Section XI NRC Conditions for use
(3) For Class 1 piping not meeting the criteria of -3221, the use of evaluation methods and criteria is subject to NRC review and approval.
: Chemical ranges of the calibration block may vary from the materials specification if: (1) the calibration block material is produced under an accepted industry specification or standard, and (2) the phase and grain shape are maintained in the same ranges produced by the thermal process required by the material specification 14 YES ISI  N-640 Alternative Reference Fracture Toughness for Development of P-T Limit Curves 14 NO - N-641 Alternative Pressure-Temperature Relationship and Low Temperature Overpressure Protection System Requirements 14 NO - N-643 Fatigue Crack Growth Rate Curves for Ferritic Steels in PWR Water Environment 14 NO -  N-647 Alternative to Augmented Examination Requirements of IWE-2500 NRC Conditions for use:
(4) For those components that do not require immediate repair or replacement, the rate of wall thickness loss is to be used to determine a suitable inspection frequency so that repair or replacement occurs prior to reaching allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin.
A VT-1 examination is to be used in lieu of the "detailed visual examination." (Note: Draft Regulatory Guide DG-1070, "Sampling Plans Used for Dedicating Simple Metallic Commercial Grade Items for Use in Nuclear Power Plants," is being developed to provide acceptable guidelines for sampling criteria.)
(5) For corrosion phenomenon other than flow accelerated corrosion, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval. Inspection plans and wall thinning rates may be difficult to justify for certain degradation mechanisms such as MIC and pitting Page 20 of 70
14 NO IWE  Page 25 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments N-648-1 Alternative Requirements for Inner Radius Examination of Class 1 Reactor Vessel Nozzles NRC Conditions for use:
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                   Rev Used at Applicability                Comments HNP?
N-598                                                                              14    NO        ISI      Incorporated into the Code Alternative Requirements to Required Percentages of Examinations N-599                                                                              14    NO    Certification NA to later editions of the Code.
Alternatives to Qualification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel for Inservice Inspection of Metal (Class MC) and Concrete (Class CC) Containments NRC Conditions for use:
This Code Case may not be used when a licensee updates to the 1992 or later Edition of Section XI that requires the use of ANSI/ASNT CP-189, Standard for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing Personnel N-600                                                                              14    NO        R/R      May be used if necessary.
Transfer of Welder, Welding Operator, Brazer, and Brazing Operator Qualifications Between Owners N-601                                                                              14    NO        IWE Extent and Frequency of VT-3 Visual Examination for Inservice Inspection of Metal Containments N-603                                                                              14    NO        IWL      HNP does not have a concrete Alternative to the Requirements of IWL-2421, Sites with Two Plants                                            containment.
N-604                                                                              14    NO        IWE Alternative to Bolt Torque or Tension Test Requirements of Table IWE-2500-1, Category E-G, Item E8.20 N-605                                                                              14    NO        IWE Alternative to the Requirements of IWE-2500(b) for Augmented Examination of Surface Areas Page 21 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                        Rev  Used at Applicability               Comments HNP?
N-606-1                                                                                 14    NO        R/R      Not used by SNC.
Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique for BWR CRD Housing/Stub Tube Repairs NRC Conditions for use:
Prior to welding, an examination or verification must be performed to ensure proper preparation of the base metal, and that the surface is properly contoured so that an acceptable weld can be produced. The surfaces to be welded, and surfaces adjacent to the weld, are to be free from contaminants, such as, rust, moisture, grease, and other foreign material or any other condition that would prevent proper welding and adversely affect the quality or strength of the weld. This verification is to be required in the welding procedures.
N-609                                                                                    14     NO       ISI      Guidance is used.
Alternative Requirements to Stress-Based Selection Criteria for Category B-J Welds N-613-1                                                                                 14    YES        ISI Ultrasonic Examination of Penetration Nozzles in Vessels, Category B-D, Item Nos. B3.10 and B3.90, Reactor Nozzle-to-Vessel Welds, Figs. IWB-2500-7(a), (b),
and (c).
Page 22 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                         Rev Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
N-616                                                                                     14  NO      Pressure Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Classes 1, 2, 3 Insulated                       Testing Pressure Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Conditions for use:
(1) Insulation must be removed for VT-2 examination during the system pressure test for any 17-4 PH stainless steel of 410 stainless steel stud or bolt aged at a temperature below 11000F or with hardness above RC30.
(2) For A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts, the preload must be verified to be below 100 KSI or the thermal insulation must be removed and the joint visually examined.
(3) Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.
N-617                                                                                     14  NO        ISI      HNP does not have Class 3 welds in Alternative Examination Distribution Requirements for Table IWC-2500-1,                                             pumps and valves.
Examination Category C-G, Pressure Retaining Welds in Pumps and Valves Page 23 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                     Rev Used at Applicability              Comments HNP?
N-619                                                                                 14    NO        ISI      HNP does not have Steam Generators.
Alternative Requirements for Nozzle Inner Radius Inspections for Class 1 Pressurizer and Steam Generator Nozzles NRC Conditions for use:
In lieu of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.
N-623                                                                                  14   NO       ISI Deferral of Inspections of Shell-to-Flange and Head-to-Flange Welds of a Reactor Vessel N-624                                                                                 14   YES       ISI Successive Inspections N-629                                                                                 14    NO          -
Use of Fracture Toughness Test Data to Establish Reference Temperature for Pressure Retaining Materials N-638-1                                                                               14    NO        R/R      Not used by SNC.
Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique NRC Conditions for use:
UT examinations shall be performed with personnel and procedures qualified for the repaired volume and qualified by demonstration using representative samples which contain construction type flaws. The acceptance criteria of NB-5330 in the 1989 Edition through the 2000 Addenda of Section III apply to all flaws identified within the repaired volume.
Page 24 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                     Rev   Used at Applicability Comments HNP?
N-639                                                                                 14    YES        ISI Alternative Calibration Block Material, Section XI NRC Conditions for use:
Chemical ranges of the calibration block may vary from the materials specification if: (1) the calibration block material is produced under an accepted industry specification or standard, and (2) the phase and grain shape are maintained in the same ranges produced by the thermal process required by the material specification N-640                                                                                 14    NO          -
Alternative Reference Fracture Toughness for Development of P-T Limit Curves N-641                                                                                  14     NO         -
Alternative Pressure-Temperature Relationship and Low Temperature Overpressure Protection System Requirements N-643                                                                                  14     NO         -
Fatigue Crack Growth Rate Curves for Ferritic Steels in PWR Water Environment N-647                                                                                 14    NO      IWE Alternative to Augmented Examination Requirements of IWE-2500 NRC Conditions for use:
A VT-1 examination is to be used in lieu of the detailed visual examination.
(Note: Draft Regulatory Guide DG-1070, Sampling Plans Used for Dedicating Simple Metallic Commercial Grade Items for Use in Nuclear Power Plants, is being developed to provide acceptable guidelines for sampling criteria.)
Page 25 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                     Rev Used at Applicability                  Comments HNP?
N-648-1                                                                               14  YES        ISI Alternative Requirements for Inner Radius Examination of Class 1 Reactor Vessel Nozzles NRC Conditions for use:
In place of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.
In place of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.
14 YES ISI  N-649 Alternative Requirements for IWE-5240 Visual Examination 14 NO IWE  N-651 Ferritic and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using SMAW Temper Bead Technique Without Removing the Weld Bead Crown for the First Layer.
N-649                                                                                 14    NO        IWE Alternative Requirements for IWE-5240 Visual Examination N-651                                                                                 14    NO        R/R      Temper Bead Welding Ferritic and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using SMAW Temper Bead Technique Without Removing the Weld Bead Crown for the First Layer.
14 NO R/R Temper Bead Welding N-652 Alternative Requirements to Categorize B-G-1, B-G-2, and C-D Bolting Exam Methods and Selection Criteria.
N-652                                                                                 14    NO        ISI      Use 2003 Addenda.
14 NO ISI Use 2003 Addenda. N-658 Qualification Requirements for UT Examination of Wrought Austenitic Piping Welds. 14 YES Appendix VIII N-660 Risk-Informed Safety Classification for Use in Risk-Informed Repair/Replacement Activities NRC Conditions for use:
Alternative Requirements to Categorize B-G-1, B-G-2, and C-D Bolting Exam Methods and Selection Criteria.
14 NO ISI HNP does not use Risk-Informed Safety Classifications.
N-658                                                                                 14  YES    Appendix VIII Qualification Requirements for UT Examination of Wrought Austenitic Piping Welds.
Page 26 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at HNP? Applicability Comments The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports. N-661 Alternative Requirements for Wall Thickness Restoration of Class 2 and 3 Carbon Steel Piping for Raw Water Service NRC Conditions for use: (a) If the root cause of the degradation has not been determined, the repair is only acceptable for one cycle. (b) Weld overlay repair of an area can only be performed once in the same location. (c) When through-wall repairs are made by welding on surfaces that are wet are exposed to water, the weld overlay repair is only acceptable until the next refueling outage.
N-660                                                                                 14    NO        ISI      HNP does not use Risk-Informed Safety Risk-Informed Safety Classification for Use in Risk-Informed Repair/Replacement                                 Classifications.
14 NO R/R N-662 Alternate Repair/Replacement Requirements for Items Classified in Accordance with Risk-Informed Processes.
Activities NRC Conditions for use:
NRC Conditions for use: The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports.
Page 26 of 70
14 NO R/R  N-663 Alternative Examination Requirements for Class 1 and 2 Surface Examinations 14 YES ISI  N-664 Performance Demonstration Requirements for Exam of Unclad RPV Welds, Excluding Flange Welds 14 YES Appendix VIII N-695 Qualification Requirements for Dissimilar Metal Piping Welds 14 YES Appendix VIII Page 27 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Page 28 of 70 ENCLOSURE 2 ALTERNATIVES AND   EXCEPTIONS TO THE RULE HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION LISTING OF ALTERNATIVES AND EXEMPTIONS Number Description -------------- Allows alignment of MC interval with ISI interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05. ISI-ALT-1 Allows use of PDI for Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld (Item B1.30) and head-to-flange weld (Item B1.40). Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06. ISI-ALT-2 Allows the continuation of the marking system used during the 3 rd Interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
 
ISI-ALT-3 Allows continuation of VIP-075 in lieu of Code scheduling requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases                                         Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?
ISI-ALT-4 This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request RR-36, which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports.
ISI-ALT-5 Allow performance of 10-year leakage test with drain line valves in closed position. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
N-661                                                                                   14    NO        R/R Alternative Requirements for Wall Thickness Restoration of Class 2 and 3 Carbon Steel Piping for Raw Water Service NRC Conditions for use:
ISI-ALT-6 This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR-03-01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
(a) If the root cause of the degradation has not been determined, the repair is only acceptable for one cycle.
ISI-ALT-7 *Withdrawn* Allows the performance of an above ground visual examination in lieu of a pressure decay or change in flow test for buried piping. ISI-EX-1 The 10CFR50.55a exemption allows a General Visual in lieu of performing a VT-3 of the non-submerged portion of the vent system. Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06.
(b) Weld overlay repair of an area can only be performed once in the same location.
Page 29 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL Docket Nos.: 50-321 50-348 50-424 NL-04-1475 50-366 50-364 50-425 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555-0001 Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant Vogtle Electric Generating Plant 10 CFR 50.55a Exemption Request Alignment of IWE / IWL Inspection Program Interval with Corresponding Plant ISI Program Intervals Ladies and Gentlemen:
(c) When through-wall repairs are made by welding on surfaces that are wet are exposed to water, the weld overlay repair is only acceptable until the next refueling outage.
N-662                                                                                  14   NO       R/R Alternate Repair/Replacement Requirements for Items Classified in Accordance with Risk-Informed Processes.
NRC Conditions for use:
The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports.
N-663                                                                                   14  YES        ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Class 1 and 2 Surface Examinations N-664                                                                                   14  YES    Appendix VIII Performance Demonstration Requirements for Exam of Unclad RPV Welds, Excluding Flange Welds N-695                                                                                  14   YES   Appendix VIII Qualification Requirements for Dissimilar Metal Piping Welds Page 27 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 2 ALTERNATIVES AND EXCEPTIONS TO THE RULE Page 28 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION LISTING OF ALTERNATIVES AND EXEMPTIONS Number                                               Description
-------------- Allows alignment of MC interval with ISI interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05.
ISI-ALT-1     Allows use of PDI for Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld (Item B1.30) and head-to-flange weld (Item B1.40). Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06.
ISI-ALT-2     Allows the continuation of the marking system used during the 3rd Interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
ISI-ALT-3     Allows continuation of VIP-075 in lieu of Code scheduling requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05.
ISI-ALT-4     This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-36, which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
ISI-ALT-5     Allow performance of 10-year leakage test with drain line valves in closed position.
Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
ISI-ALT-6     This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR-03-01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
ISI-ALT-7     Allows the performance of an above ground visual examination in lieu of a pressure
*Withdrawn*    decay or change in flow test for buried piping.
ISI-EX-1       The 10CFR50.55a exemption allows a General Visual in lieu of performing a VT-3 of the non-submerged portion of the vent system. Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06.
Page 29 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL Docket Nos.:     50-321     50-348   50-424                               NL-04-1475 50-366     50-364   50-425 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555-0001 Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant Vogtle Electric Generating Plant 10 CFR 50.55a Exemption Request Alignment of IWE / IWL Inspection Program Interval with Corresponding Plant ISI Program Intervals Ladies and Gentlemen:
In accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3), Southern Nuclear Operating Company (SNC) is requesting an exemption from the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(vi) which requires successive 120-month inspection interval updates in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(ii) subject to Commission approval as provided in 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(iv).
In accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3), Southern Nuclear Operating Company (SNC) is requesting an exemption from the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(vi) which requires successive 120-month inspection interval updates in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(ii) subject to Commission approval as provided in 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(iv).
On August 8, 1996, the NRC issued a rulemaking (61 FR 41303) requiring licensees to implement the first period of IWE and IWL inservice examinations by September 9, 2001. Therefore, using Table IWE-2412-1 of the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of the ASME Section XI Code, the current Class MC and Class CC interval start and end dates for all SNC nuclear plants were determined to be September 10, 1998, and September 9, 2008, respectively. These start and end dates do not coincide with any of SNC's Class 1, 2, and 3 inservice inspection (ISI) program intervals which are January 1, 1996, through December 31, 2005, for the Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant (HNP) Units 1 and 2; May 31, 1997, through May 30, 2007, for the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 1 and 2; December 1, 1997, through November 30, 2007, for the Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant (FNP) Unit 1; and July 30, 2001, through July 20, 2011 for FNP Unit 2. With this request, SNC proposes to change each of the current HNP Class MC and VEGP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the corresponding plant's Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of each corresponding plant. In addition, SNC proposes to change each of the FNP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the FNP Unit 1 Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of FNP Unit 1. These changes will result in a reduction in length of each plant's first and current Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval. This submittal requests NRC approval as an alternative to the regulations pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) in that compliance with the specified requirements of this section would result in hardship or unusual difficulty without a compensating increase in the level of quality and safety.
On August 8, 1996, the NRC issued a rulemaking (61 FR 41303) requiring licensees to implement the first period of IWE and IWL inservice examinations by September 9, 2001.
Page 30 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL In Federal Register Notice, Volume 67, Number 187, dated September 26, 2002, the NRC stated that they agreed with licensee comments that the final rule, dated August 8, 1996, creates a hardship when implementing 120-month interval updates required by 10 CFR  50.55a(g)(4)(ii). The final rule required licensees to implement an ISI program for Class MC and Class CC components using the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of IWE and IWL. Consequently, the schedule for 120-month interval updates for the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components does not coincide. This creates a hardship because ISI programs are required to maintain two separate editions and addenda of Section XI, i.e., one edition applicable to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and another edition and addenda applicable to the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. The NRC also stated in the Federal Register Notice that licensees may wish to synchronize 120-month interval updates such that the same edition and addenda of Section XI apply to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. It was further indicated that licensees wishing to synchronize their 120-month intervals may submit a request in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3) to obtain authorization to extend or reduce 120-month intervals.
Therefore, using Table IWE-2412-1 of the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of the ASME Section XI Code, the current Class MC and Class CC interval start and end dates for all SNC nuclear plants were determined to be September 10, 1998, and September 9, 2008, respectively.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company agrees with the NRC assessment and it is SNC's position that concurrently updating the IWE and IWL inspection programs with the ISI program for each plant will result in a more comprehensive examination being achieved, enhancing the possibility of detecting a generic problem and will reduce the costs involved with maintaining two separate code versions should the use of di fferent code versions be required. In addition, use of the same edition and addenda of the code for each program would help prevent possible errors associated with maintaining separate programs with different requirements.
These start and end dates do not coincide with any of SNCs Class 1, 2, and 3 inservice inspection (ISI) program intervals which are January 1, 1996, through December 31, 2005, for the Edwin I.
The remaining examinations for each of the current IWE and IWL inspection program intervals will correspond with the method required by the edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the applicable SNC plant's updated ISI program and will be performed using the requirements of this edition and addenda in the sequence previously established by the current IWE and IWL inspection program interval. Where the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the ISI program cannot be met, relief will be requested from the NRC through the formal relief request process addressed in 10 CFR 50.55a. Any such relief requests will be submitted to the NRC in the updated ISI programs for each plant.
Hatch Nuclear Plant (HNP) Units 1 and 2; May 31, 1997, through May 30, 2007, for the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 1 and 2; December 1, 1997, through November 30, 2007, for the Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant (FNP) Unit 1; and July 30, 2001, through July 20, 2011 for FNP Unit 2. With this request, SNC proposes to change each of the current HNP Class MC and VEGP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the corresponding plants Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of each corresponding plant. In addition, SNC proposes to change each of the FNP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the FNP Unit 1 Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of FNP Unit 1. These changes will result in a reduction in length of each plants first and current Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval. This submittal requests NRC approval as an alternative to the regulations pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) in that compliance with the specified requirements of this section would result in hardship or unusual difficulty without a compensating increase in the level of quality and safety.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company requests NRC concurrence with SNC's request to align each of the IWE / IWL inspection program intervals with the corresponding plant's ISI 120-month program interval. The proposed early updated IWE / IWL inspection program intervals are January 1, 2006, through December 31, 2015, for HNP Units 1 and 2; May 31, 2007, through May 30, 2017, for VEGP Units 1 and 2; and December 1, 2007, through November 30, 2017, for FNP Units 1 and 2. The early updates will be documented in each plant's IWE and IWL Programs. NRC approval is requested by October 15, 2005.
Page 30 of 70
Page 31 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL This letter contains no NRC commitments. If you have any questions, please advise.
Sincerely,    Jeffrey T. Gasser JTG/DRG/daj cc: Southern Nuclear Operating Company Mr. L. M. Stinson, Vice President - Plant Farley  Mr. H. L. Sumner, Jr., Vice President - Plant Hatch  Mr. D. E. Grissette, General Manager - Plant Farley  Mr. G. R. Frederick, General Manager - Plant Hatch  Mr. W. F. Kitchens, General Manager - Plant Vogtle  RType:  CFA04.054; CHA02.004; CVC7000; LC# 14135 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Dr. W. D. Travers, Regional Administrator  Mr. S. E. Peters, NRR Project Manager - Farley  Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Hatch  Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Vogtle  Mr. C. A. Patterson, Senior Resident Inspector - Farley  Mr. D. S. Simpkins, Senior Resident Inspector - Hatch  Mr. G. J. McCoy, Senior Resident Inspector - Vogtle Note:  Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05.
Page 32 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015. Interval-Interval Dates:  Requested Date for Approval and Basis: Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
ASME Code Components Affected: Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld C-1 (Item B1.30) and head-to-flange weld HC-2 (Item B1.40).
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: Fourth interval examinations will be performed per the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda, as amended by 10 CFR 50.55a.
The NRC amended the use of the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda in paragraph 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv), which states , "The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of the ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited."  Therefore, when referencing Appendix VIII, licensees are limited to using the 2001 Code; however, other references apply to the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda. Applicable Code Requirements: These welds are currently required to be examined per Appendix I, I-2100(b) of the 2001 Edition of ASME Section XI through the 2003 Addenda, which requires that the examination be conducted in accordance with Article 4 of Section V, except that alternative beam angles may be used. Additionally, there is a requirement to supplement the Section V examinations with Table I-2000-1. Section T-472.1 of the 2001 Edition of Section V with the 2003 Addenda defines the ultrasonic scanning criteria for the examination of reactor vessel-to-flange welds and closure head-to-flange welds. These are:


   (T-472.1.1) The beam angle shall be appropriate for the configuration being examined and that the beam angle shall be capable of detecting the calibration reflectors, over the required angle beam paths.  
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL In Federal Register Notice, Volume 67, Number 187, dated September 26, 2002, the NRC stated that they agreed with licensee comments that the final rule, dated August 8, 1996, creates a hardship when implementing 120-month interval updates required by 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(ii). The final rule required licensees to implement an ISI program for Class MC and Class CC components using the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of IWE and IWL.
  (T472.1.2) When scanning for reflectors parallel to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed at approximate right angles to the weld axis from both sides of the weld (i.e., from two directions) on the same surface when possible. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material.  
Consequently, the schedule for 120-month interval updates for the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components does not coincide. This creates a hardship because ISI programs are required to maintain two separate editions and addenda of Section XI, i.e., one edition applicable to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and another edition and addenda applicable to the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. The NRC also stated in the Federal Register Notice that licensees may wish to synchronize 120-month interval updates such that the same edition and addenda of Section XI apply to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. It was further indicated that licensees wishing to synchronize their 120-month intervals may submit a request in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3) to obtain authorization to extend or reduce 120-month intervals.
  (T-472.1.3) When scanning for reflectors transverse (perpendicular) to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed essentially parallel to the weld axis. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material. The search unit shall be rotated 180 degrees and the examination repeated.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company agrees with the NRC assessment and it is SNCs position that concurrently updating the IWE and IWL inspection programs with the ISI program for each plant will result in a more comprehensive examination being achieved, enhancing the possibility of detecting a generic problem and will reduce the costs involved with maintaining two separate code versions should the use of different code versions be required. In addition, use of the same edition and addenda of the code for each program would help prevent possible errors associated with maintaining separate programs with different requirements.
Page 33 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
The remaining examinations for each of the current IWE and IWL inspection program intervals will correspond with the method required by the edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the applicable SNC plants updated ISI program and will be performed using the requirements of this edition and addenda in the sequence previously established by the current IWE and IWL inspection program interval. Where the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the ISI program cannot be met, relief will be requested from the NRC through the formal relief request process addressed in 10 CFR 50.55a.
  (T-472.2) Welds that cannot be fully examined from two directions using the angle beam techniques shall also be examined if possible with a straight beam technique.  
Any such relief requests will be submitted to the NRC in the updated ISI programs for each plant.
  (T-472.3) Welds that cannot be examined from at least one side (edge) using the angle beam technique shall be noted in the examination report. For flange welds, the weld may be examined with a straight beam or low angle longitudinal waves from the flange surface provided the examination volume can be covered.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company requests NRC concurrence with SNCs request to align each of the IWE / IWL inspection program intervals with the corresponding plants ISI 120-month program interval. The proposed early updated IWE / IWL inspection program intervals are January 1, 2006, through December 31, 2015, for HNP Units 1 and 2; May 31, 2007, through May 30, 2017, for VEGP Units 1 and 2; and December 1, 2007, through November 30, 2017, for FNP Units 1 and 2. The early updates will be documented in each plants IWE and IWL Programs. NRC approval is requested by October 15, 2005.
Reason for Request: 10 CFR 50.55a required that ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 4, "Qualification Requirements For The Clad/Base Metal Interface of Reactor Vessel," and Supplement 6, "Qualification Requirements For Reactor Vessel Welds Other Than Clad/Base Metal Interface," be implemented for most of the RPV welds by November 22, 2000. However, the RPV shell-to-flange weld and head-to-flange weld examinations were not included in this requirement. The use of this alternative will allow the use of Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) qualified procedures to perform the examination of these welds in lieu of Article 4 of Section V requirements.
Page 31 of 70
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: Proposed Alternative In lieu of Article 4 of Section V angle beam examination, SNC proposes to use an angle beam examination that will be performed using examination procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplements 4 and 6, as amended by the conditions set forth in 10 CFR 50.55a. Examination of each weld is described below:
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL This letter contains no NRC commitments. If you have any questions, please advise.
Sincerely, Jeffrey T. Gasser JTG/DRG/daj cc:  Southern Nuclear Operating Company Mr. L. M. Stinson, Vice President - Plant Farley Mr. H. L. Sumner, Jr., Vice President - Plant Hatch Mr. D. E. Grissette, General Manager - Plant Farley Mr. G. R. Frederick, General Manager - Plant Hatch Mr. W. F. Kitchens, General Manager - Plant Vogtle RType: CFA04.054; CHA02.004; CVC7000; LC# 14135 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Dr. W. D. Travers, Regional Administrator Mr. S. E. Peters, NRR Project Manager - Farley Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Hatch Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Vogtle Mr. C. A. Patterson, Senior Resident Inspector - Farley Mr. D. S. Simpkins, Senior Resident Inspector - Hatch Mr. G. J. McCoy, Senior Resident Inspector - Vogtle Note: Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05.
Page 32 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Plant Site-Unit:  Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
Interval-Interval   4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Dates:
Requested Date    Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 for Approval and    (scheduled for February 2006).
Basis:
ASME Code      Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld C-1 (Item B1.30) and Components      head-to-flange weld HC-2 (Item B1.40).
Affected:
Applicable Code      Fourth interval examinations will be performed per the requirements of ASME Section XI, Edition and    2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda, as amended by 10 CFR 50.55a.
Addenda:
The NRC amended the use of the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda in paragraph 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv), which states, The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of the ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited. Therefore, when referencing Appendix VIII, licensees are limited to using the 2001 Code; however, other references apply to the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
Applicable Code      These welds are currently required to be examined per Appendix I, I-2100(b) of the 2001 Requirements:      Edition of ASME Section XI through the 2003 Addenda, which requires that the examination be conducted in accordance with Article 4 of Section V, except that alternative beam angles may be used. Additionally, there is a requirement to supplement the Section V examinations with Table I-2000-1. Section T-472.1 of the 2001 Edition of Section V with the 2003 Addenda defines the ultrasonic scanning criteria for the examination of reactor vessel-to-flange welds and closure head-to-flange welds. These are:
(T-472.1.1) The beam angle shall be appropriate for the configuration being examined and that the beam angle shall be capable of detecting the calibration reflectors, over the required angle beam paths.
(T472.1.2) When scanning for reflectors parallel to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed at approximate right angles to the weld axis from both sides of the weld (i.e.,
from two directions) on the same surface when possible. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material.
(T-472.1.3) When scanning for reflectors transverse (perpendicular) to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed essentially parallel to the weld axis. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material. The search unit shall be rotated 180 degrees and the examination repeated.
Page 33 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
(T-472.2) Welds that cannot be fully examined from two directions using the angle beam techniques shall also be examined if possible with a straight beam technique.
(T-472.3) Welds that cannot be examined from at least one side (edge) using the angle beam technique shall be noted in the examination report. For flange welds, the weld may be examined with a straight beam or low angle longitudinal waves from the flange surface provided the examination volume can be covered.
Reason for   10 CFR 50.55a required that ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 4, Qualification Request:    Requirements For The Clad/Base Metal Interface of Reactor Vessel, and Supplement 6, Qualification Requirements For Reactor Vessel Welds Other Than Clad/Base Metal Interface, be implemented for most of the RPV welds by November 22, 2000. However, the RPV shell-to-flange weld and head-to-flange weld examinations were not included in this requirement. The use of this alternative will allow the use of Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) qualified procedures to perform the examination of these welds in lieu of Article 4 of Section V requirements.
Proposed   Proposed Alternative Alternative and Basis for Use:   In lieu of Article 4 of Section V angle beam examination, SNC proposes to use an angle beam examination that will be performed using examination procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplements 4 and 6, as amended by the conditions set forth in 10 CFR 50.55a. Examination of each weld is described below:
C Vessel-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws from the outside of the vessel using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave; however, the curvature of the flange surface above the weld will limit transducer travel such that examinations can only be performed from the shell side. Additionally, the refueling bellows prevents examinations from being performed from the vertical portion of the flange surface located directly above the curvature. The projected single side coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld.
C Vessel-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws from the outside of the vessel using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave; however, the curvature of the flange surface above the weld will limit transducer travel such that examinations can only be performed from the shell side. Additionally, the refueling bellows prevents examinations from being performed from the vertical portion of the flange surface located directly above the curvature. The projected single side coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld.
Since the examination will be from a single side, the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) apply. Therefore, examinations will be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. (To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined). Examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed as follows:
Since the examination will be from a single side, the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) apply. Therefore, examinations will be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations.
(To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined).
Examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed as follows:
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1), the clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal directions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1), the clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal directions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2), if the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the Page 34 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement 6. Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2), if the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the Page 34 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement 6.
Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3), the examination volume not addressed by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction, using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.
Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3), the examination volume not addressed by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction, using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.
HC Closure Head-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave. Examinations will be performed from both the head and flange side of the weld; however, the short distance from the weld to the flange limits the examination on the flange side of weld. Scanning will be performed in four orthogonal directions to the extent practical with the projected coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld. This weld is not clad; therefore, the examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed using procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified through the PDI process in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplement 6, as modified by 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), and other applicable paragraphs.
HC Closure Head-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave. Examinations will be performed from both the head and flange side of the weld; however, the short distance from the weld to the flange limits the examination on the flange side of weld. Scanning will be performed in four orthogonal directions to the extent practical with the projected coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld. This weld is not clad; therefore, the examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed using procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified through the PDI process in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplement 6, as modified by 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), and other applicable paragraphs.
Basis for Use Appendix VIII requirements were developed to ensure the effectiveness of UT examinations within the nuclear industry by means of a rigorous, item-specific performance demonstration. The performance demonstration (through PDI) was conducted on RPV mockups containing flaws of various size and allocations. The demonstration established the capability of equipment, procedures, and personnel to find flaws that could be detrimental to the integrity of the RPV. The performance demonstration showed that for the detection of flaws in RPV welds, the UT techniques were equal to or surpassed the requirements of the Section V, Article 4 of the ASME Code. Additionally, the PDI qualified sizing techniques is considered to be more accurate than the techniques used in Article 4 of Section V.
Basis for Use Appendix VIII requirements were developed to ensure the effectiveness of UT examinations within the nuclear industry by means of a rigorous, item-specific performance demonstration.
Although Appendix VIII is not required for the RPV shell-to-flange weld and RPV head-to-flange weld, the use of Appendix VIII criteria for detection and sizing of flaws in these welds will be equal to or will exceed the requirements established by Article 4 of Section V. Therefore, the use of this proposed alternative will continue to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety, and approval is requested pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
The performance demonstration (through PDI) was conducted on RPV mockups containing flaws of various size and allocations. The demonstration established the capability of equipment, procedures, and personnel to find flaws that could be detrimental to the integrity of the RPV. The performance demonstration showed that for the detection of flaws in RPV welds, the UT techniques were equal to or surpassed the requirements of the Section V, Article 4 of the ASME Code. Additionally, the PDI qualified sizing techniques is considered to be more accurate than the techniques used in Article 4 of Section V.
The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval, extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015. Duration of Proposed Alternative:
Although Appendix VIII is not required for the RPV shell-to-flange weld and RPV head-to-flange weld, the use of Appendix VIII criteria for detection and sizing of flaws in these welds will be equal to or will exceed the requirements established by Article 4 of Section V.
Precedents:
Therefore, the use of this proposed alternative will continue to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety, and approval is requested pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
NA   Page 35 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Duration of    The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval, extending from Proposed    January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Alternative:
Precedents:   NA Page 35 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)


==References:==
==References:==
None   Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06.
None Status:   Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06.
Page 36 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii)
Page 36 of 70
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
 
Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support 4 th interval examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2005). Requested Date for Approval:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ASME Code Components Affected: All welds and areas in the ISI Program that are subject to surface or volumetric examination.
ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii)
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
Plant Site-Unit:   Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Applicable Code IWA-2610 requires that a reference system be established for all welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination. The system shall permit identification of each weld, location of each weld centerline, and designation of regular intervals along the length of the weld. Requirements:
Dates:
Reason for Request: This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request RR-10. RR-10 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions.
Requested Date    Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support 4th interval examinations performed for Approval:    during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2005).
ASME Code Components     All welds and areas in the ISI Program that are subject to surface or volumetric examination.
Affected:
Applicable Code Edition and   ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
Addenda:
IWA-2610 requires that a reference system be established for all welds and areas subject to Applicable Code    surface or volumetric examination. The system shall permit identification of each weld, Requirements:    location of each weld centerline, and designation of regular intervals along the length of the weld.
This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-10. RR-10 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes Reason for    to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Request:    Evaluation conclusions.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-10.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-10.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: It is proposed that in lieu of marking all of the welds as required by the Code, each weld undergoing a surface or volumetric examination will receive the Code required reference markings and identification, as the examinations are being performed.
It is proposed that in lieu of marking all of the welds as required by the Code, each weld undergoing a surface or volumetric examination will receive the Code required reference markings and identification, as the examinations are being performed.
For an operating plant, establishing a weld reference system for all welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination is a major effort and, in some cases, is prohibitive due to inaccessibility and/or high radiation areas. To establish a comprehensive weld reference system for all of the welds and areas subject to volumetric or surface examinations in accordance with the Code requirements would require many man-hours of work and many man-rem of exposure to locate the welds, remove the insulation, mark the welds, and re-install the insulation. Since only a small percentage of welds are normally examined, the majority of the welds that would be marked per the Code requirement would never receive an inservice examination. To require the marking all of the welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination in an operating plant environment, even though most will not require examination, would result in a hardship without a compensating increase in quality and safety.
For an operating plant, establishing a weld reference system for all welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination is a major effort and, in some cases, is prohibitive due to inaccessibility and/or high radiation areas. To establish a comprehensive weld reference system for all of the welds and areas subject to volumetric or surface examinations in accordance with Proposed    the Code requirements would require many man-hours of work and many man-rem of exposure Alternative and    to locate the welds, remove the insulation, mark the welds, and re-install the insulation. Since Basis for Use:  only a small percentage of welds are normally examined, the majority of the welds that would be marked per the Code requirement would never receive an inservice examination. To require the marking all of the welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination in an operating plant environment, even though most will not require examination, would result in a hardship without a compensating increase in quality and safety.
Marking the welds that are receiving an examination will provide assurance, that when performing subsequent examinations, that the correct weld is being re-examined and that recorded indications can be correlated with previous data. Not marking the welds which are not Page 37 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) receiving examinations, will have little, if any, affect on safety and quality at Plant Hatch; therefore, approval of this request per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) should be granted.
Marking the welds that are receiving an examination will provide assurance, that when performing subsequent examinations, that the correct weld is being re-examined and that recorded indications can be correlated with previous data. Not marking the welds which are not Page 37 of 70
Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval (January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015). Proposed Alternative:
 
This request was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-10.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
Precedents:
ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) receiving examinations, will have little, if any, affect on safety and quality at Plant Hatch; therefore, approval of this request per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) should be granted.
Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval (January 1, 2006 Proposed through December 31, 2015).
Alternative:
Precedents:    This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-10.
SNC letter dated October 17, 1995 submitting RR-10.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter dated October 17, 1995 submitting RR-10.
 
RR-10 was approved for 3 rd Interval by NRC TAC number M93918 and M93919 dated June 16, 1997. Status: Approved by NRC SE date 11/09/05.
RR-10 was approved for 3rd Interval by NRC TAC number M93918 and M93919 dated June 16, 1997.
Page 38 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Status:   Approved by NRC SE date 11/09/05.
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Page 38 of 70
Requested Date for Approval: Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
 
ASME Code Components Affected: All high alloy steel welds (e.g., stainless) and high nickel alloy welds (e.g., Inconel) covered by the augmented requirements of NUREG-0313 and Generic Letter 88-01.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Applicable Code Requirements: IWB-2412 requires examinations to be completed in accordance with Table IWB-2412-1, except for the examinations that may be deferred until the end of the inspection interval. Table IWB-2412-1 defines a minimum and maximum number of examinations to be performed each inspection period.
Plant Site-Unit:   Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval   4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Dates:
Requested Date     Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 for Approval:    (scheduled for February 2006).
ASME Code       All high alloy steel welds (e.g., stainless) and high nickel alloy welds (e.g., Inconel) covered by Components      the augmented requirements of NUREG-0313 and Generic Letter 88-01.
Affected:
Applicable Code     ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
Edition and Addenda:
Applicable Code     IWB-2412 requires examinations to be completed in accordance with Table IWB-2412-1, except Requirements:      for the examinations that may be deferred until the end of the inspection interval. Table IWB-2412-1 defines a minimum and maximum number of examinations to be performed each inspection period.
IWC-2430 provides scope expansion rules when flaws exceed the acceptance standards of Table IWC-3410-1.
IWC-2430 provides scope expansion rules when flaws exceed the acceptance standards of Table IWC-3410-1.
IWB-2500 requires components to be examined as specified in Table IWB-2500-1. The Extent and Frequency of Examination requires that all Category B-F welds be examined and that a minimum of 25% of Category B-J welds be examined over the ten-year ISI interval.
IWB-2500 requires components to be examined as specified in Table IWB-2500-1. The Extent and Frequency of Examination requires that all Category B-F welds be examined and that a minimum of 25% of Category B-J welds be examined over the ten-year ISI interval.
Reason for Request: This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request RR-39. RR-39 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions.
Reason for     This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-39. RR-39 was Request:    based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-39.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-39.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: It is proposed to use the schedules and frequencies specified in the BWRVIP-75 (Technical Basis for Revisions to Generic Letter 88-01 Inspection Schedules) in lieu of the above listed Code requirements when examining high alloy steel welds and high nickel alloy welds. The Examination Method listed in Table IWB-2500-1 is not affected by this request. By letter dated May 14, 2002 the NRC issued their Final Safety Evaluation of BWRVIP-75. In that Safety Evaluation, the NRC staff concluded that, "licensee implementation of the guidelines of BWRVIP-75 report, as modified, will provide an acceptable level of quality for inspection of the safety-related components."  Additionally, the NRC concluded that, "the revised BWRVIP-75 guidance is acceptable for licensee referencing at the technical basis for relief from, or as an alternative to, the ASME Code and 10 CFR 50.55a, in order to use the sample schedules and Page 39 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) frequencies specified in the revised BWRVIP-75 report that are less than those required by the ASME Code."
Proposed     It is proposed to use the schedules and frequencies specified in the BWRVIP-75 (Technical Basis Alternative and    for Revisions to Generic Letter 88-01 Inspection Schedules) in lieu of the above listed Code Basis for Use:    requirements when examining high alloy steel welds and high nickel alloy welds. The Examination Method listed in Table IWB-2500-1 is not affected by this request.
SNC concludes that the use of BWRVIP-75 as defined by the NRC Final Safety Evaluation in lieu of the above specified requirements, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, approval should be granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
By letter dated May 14, 2002 the NRC issued their Final Safety Evaluation of BWRVIP-75. In that Safety Evaluation, the NRC staff concluded that, licensee implementation of the guidelines of BWRVIP-75 report, as modified, will provide an acceptable level of quality for inspection of the safety-related components. Additionally, the NRC concluded that, the revised BWRVIP-75 guidance is acceptable for licensee referencing at the technical basis for relief from, or as an alternative to, the ASME Code and 10 CFR 50.55a, in order to use the sample schedules and Page 39 of 70
Duration of Proposed Alternative: The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval.
 
Precedents: This request was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-39.  
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) frequencies specified in the revised BWRVIP-75 report that are less than those required by the ASME Code.
SNC concludes that the use of BWRVIP-75 as defined by the NRC Final Safety Evaluation in lieu of the above specified requirements, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety.
Therefore, approval should be granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
Duration of     The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.
Proposed Alternative:
Precedents:     This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-39.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter dated March 29, 2004 submitting RR-39.
SNC letter dated March 29, 2004 submitting RR-39.
Approval for RR-39 was granted for the 3 rd interval by NRC letter dated January 7, 2005 - TAC numbers MC2383 and MC2384.
Approval for RR-39 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated January 7, 2005 - TAC numbers MC2383 and MC2384.
Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05. Page 40 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Status:   Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05.
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
Page 40 of 70
4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015. Interval-Interval Dates:   Requested Date for Approval and Basis Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
 
ASME Code Components Affected: Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11, examination (weld overlay examinations).
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4 th Interval Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.
ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Applicable Code Requirements: The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Appendix VIII, Supplement 11. For example, paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) requires that at least 20% but less than 40% of the flaws shall be oriented within  
Plant Site-Unit:   Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
+20 degrees of the pipe axial direction. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) also requires that the rules of IWA-3300 shall be used to determine whether closely spaced flaws should be treated as single or multiple flaws. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) requires that a base grading unit shall include at least 3 in. of the length of the overlaid weld. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(1) requires that a overlay grading unit shall include the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface of at least 6 sq. in. The overlay grading unit shall be rectangular, with minimum dimensions of 2 in. Paragraph 3.2(b) requires that all extensions of base metal cracking into the overlay material by at least 0.1 in. are reported as being intrusions into the overlay material.
Interval-Interval    4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Reason for Request: This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request RR-36, which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. RR-36 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 11 while this 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 11. However, a review of two Code indicated that there are no substantive differences between them.
Dates:
Requested Date     Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed for Approval and      during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
Basis ASME Code       Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix Components      VIII, Supplement 11, examination (weld overlay examinations).
Affected:
Applicable Code     ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4th Interval Edition and    Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix Addenda:      VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.
Applicable Code     The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Appendix Requirements:    VIII, Supplement 11. For example, paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) requires that at least 20% but less than 40% of the flaws shall be oriented within +20 degrees of the pipe axial direction. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) also requires that the rules of IWA-3300 shall be used to determine whether closely spaced flaws should be treated as single or multiple flaws. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) requires that a base grading unit shall include at least 3 in. of the length of the overlaid weld. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(1) requires that a overlay grading unit shall include the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface of at least 6 sq. in. The overlay grading unit shall be rectangular, with minimum dimensions of 2 in. Paragraph 3.2(b) requires that all extensions of base metal cracking into the overlay material by at least 0.1 in. are reported as being intrusions into the overlay material.
Reason for     This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-36, Request:    which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. RR-36 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 11 while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 11. However, a review of two Code indicated that there are no substantive differences between them.
Since RR-36 was submitted to the NRC, several changes have been made to the PDI program. These changes were made as a part of a continuing enhancement process to address issues raised by nuclear utility personnel and the NRC.
Since RR-36 was submitted to the NRC, several changes have been made to the PDI program. These changes were made as a part of a continuing enhancement process to address issues raised by nuclear utility personnel and the NRC.
For review purposes, a comparison between Supplement 11 of the 2001 Edition of Section XI and the current PDI program is provided. Wording in this comparison is the same wording that was provided in a similar comparison for RR-36, except that the changes made to the PDI program, since the issuance of RR-36, have been included and are highlighted in Bold. (Note: The comparison with Code Case N-663 which was previously provided in RR-36 was omitted).
For review purposes, a comparison between Supplement 11 of the 2001 Edition of Section XI and the current PDI program is provided. Wording in this comparison is the same wording that was provided in a similar comparison for RR-36, except that the changes made to the PDI program, since the issuance of RR-36, have been included and are highlighted in Bold. (Note: The comparison with Code Case N-663 which was previously provided in RR-36 was omitted).
Page 41 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Page 41 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-36.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-36.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11, the requirements of the PDI Program will be used. Major differences between 2001 Edition Appendix VIII requirements and PDI Program requirements are discussed below.
Proposed     In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Alternative  Supplement 11, the requirements of the PDI Program will be used. Major differences and Basis for  between 2001 Edition Appendix VIII requirements and PDI Program requirements are Use:    discussed below.
Paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. As illustrated below, implanting a crack requires excavation of the base material on at least one side of the flaw. While this may be satisfactory for ferritic materials, it does not produce a useable axial flaw in austenitic materials because the sound beam, which normally passes only through base material, must now travel through weld material on at least one side, producing an unrealistic flaw response. To resolve this issue, the PDI program revised this paragraph to allow use of alternative flaw mechanisms under controlled conditions. For example, alternative flaws shall be limited to when implantation of cracks precludes obtaining an effective ultrasonic response, flaws shall be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.002 inches, and at least 70 percent of the flaws in the detection and sizing test shall be cracks and the remainder shall be alternative flaws.
Paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. As illustrated below, implanting a crack requires excavation of the base material on at least one side of the flaw. While this may be satisfactory for ferritic materials, it does not produce a useable axial flaw in austenitic materials because the sound beam, which normally passes only through base material, must now travel through weld material on at least one side, producing an unrealistic flaw response. To resolve this issue, the PDI program revised this paragraph to allow use of alternative flaw mechanisms under controlled conditions. For example, alternative flaws shall be limited to when implantation of cracks precludes obtaining an effective ultrasonic response, flaws shall be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.002 inches, and at least 70 percent of the flaws in the detection and sizing test shall be cracks and the remainder shall be alternative flaws.
Mechanical fatigue crack in Base material Excavation area Relief is requested to allow closer spacing of flaws provided they didn't interfere with detection or discrimination. The existing specimens used to date for qualification to the Tri-party (NRC/BWROG/EPRI) agreement have a flaw population density greater than allowed by the current Code requirements. These samples have been used successfully for all previous qualifications under the Tri-party agreement program. To facilitate their use and provide continuity from the Tri-party agreement program to Supplement 11, the PDI Program has merged the Tri-party test specimens into their weld overlay program. For example: the requirement for using IWA-3300 for proximity flaw evaluation in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded, instead indications will be sized based on their individual merits; paragraph 1.1(d)(1) includes the statement that intentional overlay fabrication flaws shall not interfere with ultrasonic detection or characterization of the base metal flaws; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) was modified to require that a base metal grading unit include at least 1 in. of the length of the overlaid weld, rather than 3 inches; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(3) was modified to require sufficient unflawed overlaid weld and base metal to exist on all sides of the grading unit to preclude interfering reflections from adjacent flaws, rather than the I inch requirement of Supplement 11; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(l) was modified to define an overlay fabrication grading unit as including the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface for a length of at least 1 in, rather than the 6 sq. in. requirement of Supplement 11; and paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(2) states that overlay fabrication grading units designed to be unflawed shall be separated by unflawed Page 42 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) overlay material and unflawed base metal-to-overlay interface for at least 1 in. at both ends, rather than around its entire perimeter.
Excavation            Mechanical fatigue crack area                  in Base material Relief is requested to allow closer spacing of flaws provided they didnt interfere with detection or discrimination. The existing specimens used to date for qualification to the Tri-party (NRC/BWROG/EPRI) agreement have a flaw population density greater than allowed by the current Code requirements. These samples have been used successfully for all previous qualifications under the Tri-party agreement program.
To facilitate their use and provide continuity from the Tri-party agreement program to Supplement 11, the PDI Program has merged the Tri-party test specimens into their weld overlay program. For example: the requirement for using IWA-3300 for proximity flaw evaluation in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded, instead indications will be sized based on their individual merits; paragraph 1.1(d)(1) includes the statement that intentional overlay fabrication flaws shall not interfere with ultrasonic detection or characterization of the base metal flaws; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) was modified to require that a base metal grading unit include at least 1 in. of the length of the overlaid weld, rather than 3 inches; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(3) was modified to require sufficient unflawed overlaid weld and base metal to exist on all sides of the grading unit to preclude interfering reflections from adjacent flaws, rather than the I inch requirement of Supplement 11; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(l) was modified to define an overlay fabrication grading unit as including the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface for a length of at least 1 in, rather than the 6 sq. in.
requirement of Supplement 11; and paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(2) states that overlay fabrication grading units designed to be unflawed shall be separated by unflawed Page 42 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) overlay material and unflawed base metal-to-overlay interface for at least 1 in. at both ends, rather than around its entire perimeter.
Additionally, the requirement for axially oriented overlay fabrication flaws in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded from the PDI Program as an improbable scenario.
Additionally, the requirement for axially oriented overlay fabrication flaws in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded from the PDI Program as an improbable scenario.
Weld overlays are typically applied using automated gas tungsten arc welding techniques with the filler metal being applied in a circumferential direction. Because resultant fabrication induced discontinuities would also be expected to have major dimensions oriented in the circumferential direction axial overlay fabrication flaws are unrealistic.
Weld overlays are typically applied using automated gas tungsten arc welding techniques with the filler metal being applied in a circumferential direction. Because resultant fabrication induced discontinuities would also be expected to have major dimensions oriented in the circumferential direction axial overlay fabrication flaws are unrealistic.
The PDI Program revised paragraph 2.0 allowing the overlay fabrication and base metal flaw tests to be performed separately. The requirement in paragraph 3.2(b) for reporting all extensions of cracking into the overlay is omitted from the PDI Program because it is redundant to the RMS calculations performed in paragraph 3.2(c) and it's presence adds confusion and ambiguity to depth sizing as required by paragraph 3.2(c). This also makes the weld overlay program consistent with the Supplement 2 depth sizing criteria.
The PDI Program revised paragraph 2.0 allowing the overlay fabrication and base metal flaw tests to be performed separately. The requirement in paragraph 3.2(b) for reporting all extensions of cracking into the overlay is omitted from the PDI Program because it is redundant to the RMS calculations performed in paragraph 3.2(c) and its presence adds confusion and ambiguity to depth sizing as required by paragraph 3.2(c). This also makes the weld overlay program consistent with the Supplement 2 depth sizing criteria.
In Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) the phrase "and base metal on both sides", was inadvertently included in the description of a base metal grading unit. The PDI program intentionally excludes this requirement because some of the qualification samples include flaws on both sides of the weld.
In Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) the phrase and base metal on both sides, was inadvertently included in the description of a base metal grading unit. The PDI program intentionally excludes this requirement because some of the qualification samples include flaws on both sides of the weld.
To avoid confusion several instances of the term "cracks" or "cracking" were changed to the term "flaws" because of the use of alternative flaw mechanisms. Additionally, to avoid confusion, the overlay thickness tolerance contained in paragraph 1.1(b) last sentence, was reworded and the phrase "and the remainder shall be alternative flaws" was added to the next to last sentence in paragraph 1.1(d)(1). Additional editorial changes were made to the PDI program to address an earlier NRC RAI.
To avoid confusion several instances of the term cracks or cracking were changed to the term flaws because of the use of alternative flaw mechanisms.
Additionally, to avoid confusion, the overlay thickness tolerance contained in paragraph 1.1(b) last sentence, was reworded and the phrase and the remainder shall be alternative flaws was added to the next to last sentence in paragraph 1.1(d)(1). Additional editorial changes were made to the PDI program to address an earlier NRC RAI.
PDI and the NRC have worked closely to reach agreement on the criteria related to the subject examination requirements and both agree that the PDI program is an acceptable alternative to Appendix VIII, Supplement 11. Compliance with the PDI program will provide an adequate level of quality and safety for examination of the affected welds (i.e., weld overlay repairs). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i), SNC requests approval to use the PDI program, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements.
PDI and the NRC have worked closely to reach agreement on the criteria related to the subject examination requirements and both agree that the PDI program is an acceptable alternative to Appendix VIII, Supplement 11. Compliance with the PDI program will provide an adequate level of quality and safety for examination of the affected welds (i.e., weld overlay repairs). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i), SNC requests approval to use the PDI program, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements.
Duration of Proposed Alternative:
Duration of Proposed     The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.
The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval.
Alternative:
Page 43 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Page 43 of 70
Precedents: This request was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-36.  
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Precedents:   This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-36.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter dated January 18, 2002 submitting RR-36.
SNC letter dated January 18, 2002 submitting RR-36.
Approval for RR-36 was granted for the 3 rd interval by NRC letter dated January 14, 2003 - TAC numbers MB3875 and MB3876.
Approval for RR-36 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated January 14, 2003 - TAC numbers MB3875 and MB3876.
Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Status:   Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Page 44 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Page 44 of 70
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
 
Requested Date for Approval: Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ASME Code Components Affected: Approximately 50 (per unit), small diameter ( 1 inch), Class 1, reactor coolant system (RCS) pressure boundary vent and drain connections.
ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
Plant Site-Unit:   Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval     4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Applicable Code Requirements: IWB-5222 (b) requires that the pressure retaining boundary during the system leakage test conducted at or near the end of each inspection interval extend to all Class 1 pressure retaining components within the system boundary.
Dates:
Reason for Request: This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3 r d interval relief request RR-17. RR-17 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to this alternative, to the Code requirements or to the basis for use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions. (See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-17).
Requested Date       Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during for Approval:      1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
SNC believes that there are potential personnel safety and ALARA issues associated with pressurizing these connections. These issues are as follows:  
ASME Code         Approximately 50 (per unit), small diameter ( 1 inch), Class 1, reactor coolant system Components        (RCS) pressure boundary vent and drain connections.
: 1. Pressure testing these connections to the outboard valve requires the inboard isolation valves to be opened and subjects the valves and piping to RCS nominal operating pressure and near operating temperature. Opening the inboard valve at these conditions is contradictory to the requirement for double isolation of the RCS and thus creates the possibility for safety concerns for personnel performing visual examination of the connections.  
Affected:
: 2. Performing the test with the inboard valves open requires several man-hours to position the valves for the test and then to restore them after the test is complete. All of these valves are located in close proximity of the RCS main loop piping thus requiring personnel entry into high radiation areas within the containment. Based on estimates from Operations Department and Health Physics department personnel and previous outage data, it was previously estimated for Relief Request 17, that the dose associated with valve alignment and realignment would be approximately 1.6 man-Rem per test.  
Applicable Code       ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.
: 3. Since this test would be performed near the end of an outage, when all RCS work has been completed, the time required to open and then close these vent/drain valves could Page 45 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) impact the outage schedule.
Edition and Addenda:
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use:
Applicable Code       IWB-5222 (b) requires that the pressure retaining boundary during the system leakage test Requirements:      conducted at or near the end of each inspection interval extend to all Class 1 pressure retaining components within the system boundary.
It is proposed that the 10-year Class 1 System Leakage Test be performed with the subject vent and drain valves in the closed position. These connections are equipped with manual valves which prov ide for double isolation of the reactor coolant system (RCS) pressure boundary. These valves are generally maintained closed during normal operation; therefore, the piping outboard of the first isolation valve is not normally pressurized. The proposed alternative provides reasonable assurance that the structural integrity of the Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary will be maintained, based on the following:
This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-17. RR-Reason for      17 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval Request:      request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to this alternative, to the Code requirements or to the basis for use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions. (See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-17).
: 1. ASME Section XI Code, paragraph IWA-4540, provides the requirements for hydrostatic pressure testing of piping and components after repairs by welding to the pressure boundary. IWA-4540(b)(6) excludes component connections, piping, and associated valves that are 1 inch nominal pipe size and smaller from the hydrostatic pressure test requirement after welded repairs. Therefore, requiring a leakage test and visual examination of these  1 inch diameter RCS vent/drain connections once each 10-year interval is unwarranted considering that a repair weld on the same connections is exempted by the ASME XI Code.  
SNC believes that there are potential personnel safety and ALARA issues associated with pressurizing these connections. These issues are as follows:
: 2. The non-isolable portion of the RCS vent and drain connections will be pressurized and visually examined as required. Only the isolable portion of these small diameter vent and drain connections will not pressurized.  
: 1. Pressure testing these connections to the outboard valve requires the inboard isolation valves to be opened and subjects the valves and piping to RCS nominal operating pressure and near operating temperature. Opening the inboard valve at these conditions is contradictory to the requirement for double isolation of the RCS and thus creates the possibility for safety concerns for personnel performing visual examination of the connections.
: 3. A typical vent/drain connection includes two manual valves separated by a short pipe nipple which is connected to the RCS via another short pipe nipple and a half coupling. All connections are typically socket-welded and the welds received a surface examination after installation. The piping and valves are nominally heavy wall (Sch. 160 pipe and 6000# valve bodies). The vents and drains are not subjected to high stresses or cyclic loads, and the design ratings are significantly greater than RCS operating or design pressure.  
: 2. Performing the test with the inboard valves open requires several man-hours to position the valves for the test and then to restore them after the test is complete. All of these valves are located in close proximity of the RCS main loop piping thus requiring personnel entry into high radiation areas within the containment. Based on estimates from Operations Department and Health Physics department personnel and previous outage data, it was previously estimated for Relief Request 17, that the dose associated with valve alignment and realignment would be approximately 1.6 man-Rem per test.
: 3. Since this test would be performed near the end of an outage, when all RCS work has been completed, the time required to open and then close these vent/drain valves could Page 45 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) impact the outage schedule.
Proposed     It is proposed that the 10-year Class 1 System Leakage Test be performed with the subject Alternative and    vent and drain valves in the closed position. These connections are equipped with manual Basis for Use:    valves which provide for double isolation of the reactor coolant system (RCS) pressure boundary. These valves are generally maintained closed during normal operation; therefore, the piping outboard of the first isolation valve is not normally pressurized. The proposed alternative provides reasonable assurance that the structural integrity of the Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary will be maintained, based on the following:
: 1. ASME Section XI Code, paragraph IWA-4540, provides the requirements for hydrostatic pressure testing of piping and components after repairs by welding to the pressure boundary. IWA-4540(b)(6) excludes component connections, piping, and associated valves that are 1 inch nominal pipe size and smaller from the hydrostatic pressure test requirement after welded repairs. Therefore, requiring a leakage test and visual examination of these  1 inch diameter RCS vent/drain connections once each 10-year interval is unwarranted considering that a repair weld on the same connections is exempted by the ASME XI Code.
: 2. The non-isolable portion of the RCS vent and drain connections will be pressurized and visually examined as required. Only the isolable portion of these small diameter vent and drain connections will not pressurized.
: 3. A typical vent/drain connection includes two manual valves separated by a short pipe nipple which is connected to the RCS via another short pipe nipple and a half coupling. All connections are typically socket-welded and the welds received a surface examination after installation. The piping and valves are nominally heavy wall (Sch. 160 pipe and 6000# valve bodies). The vents and drains are not subjected to high stresses or cyclic loads, and the design ratings are significantly greater than RCS operating or design pressure.
: 4. The Technical Specifications (TS) require RCS leakage monitoring (TS 3.4.4 and 3.4.5) during normal operation. Should any of the TS limits be exceeded, then appropriate corrective actions, which may include shutting the plant down, are required to identify the source of the leakage and restore the RCS boundary integrity.
: 4. The Technical Specifications (TS) require RCS leakage monitoring (TS 3.4.4 and 3.4.5) during normal operation. Should any of the TS limits be exceeded, then appropriate corrective actions, which may include shutting the plant down, are required to identify the source of the leakage and restore the RCS boundary integrity.
As shown above, the proposed alternative will provide reasonable assurance that structural integrity is being maintained. Additionally, imposition of the Code requirements would cause a burden that would not be compensated for by an increase in quality and safety. Therefore, the proposed alternative should be granted pursuant to 10CFR50.55a(a)(3)(ii).
As shown above, the proposed alternative will provide reasonable assurance that structural integrity is being maintained. Additionally, imposition of the Code requirements would cause a burden that would not be compensated for by an increase in quality and safety.
Duration of Proposed Alternative: The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval.
Therefore, the proposed alternative should be granted pursuant to 10CFR50.55a(a)(3)(ii).
Page 46 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Duration of     The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.
Precedents: This was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-17.  
Proposed Alternative:
Page 46 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Precedents:   This was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-17.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter HL-5583 dated February 27, 1998 submitting RR-17.
SNC letter HL-5583 dated February 27, 1998 submitting RR-17.
Approval for RR-17 was granted for the 3 rd Interval by NRC letter dated September 3, 1998 - TAC numbers MA2118 and MA2119.
Approval for RR-17 was granted for the 3rd Interval by NRC letter dated September 3, 1998 - TAC numbers MA2118 and MA2119.
Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Status:   Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Page 47 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Page 47 of 70
Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
 
Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
Requested Date for Approval and Basis Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
ASME Code Components Affected: Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10, examination (dissimilar metal weld examinations).
Plant Site-Unit:   Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4 th Interval Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.
Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Applicable Code Requirements: The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Appendix VIII, Supplement 10.
Dates:
Reason for Request: This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3 rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR-03-01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4 th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10.
Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed for Approval and during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).
GR-03-01 listed eleven items where PDI differed from the 1995 Code with 1996 Addenda; however, ten of these items were subsequently incorporated into the 2001 Edition of the Code. However, Item 11 which addressed modifications to Table VIII-S2-1 was not incorporated into the 2001 Edition; therefore, approval to continue to use the PDI modified version of Table VIII-S2-1 is needed.
Basis ASME Code Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix Components VIII, Supplement 10, examination (dissimilar metal weld examinations).
Affected:
ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4th Interval Applicable Code Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix Edition and VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda:
Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.
Applicable Code     The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Requirements:    Appendix VIII, Supplement 10.
This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR                     01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10.
GR-03-01 listed eleven items where PDI differed from the 1995 Code with 1996 Reason for    Addenda; however, ten of these items were subsequently incorporated into the 2001 Request:    Edition of the Code. However, Item 11 which addressed modifications to Table VIII-S2-1 was not incorporated into the 2001 Edition; therefore, approval to continue to use the PDI modified version of Table VIII-S2-1 is needed.
There have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusion.
There have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusion.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-GR-03-01.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-GR-03-01.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10, Table VIII-S2-1 requirements, the marked-up table shown below will be used. Table VIII-S2-1 was revised to reflect the reduced number of unflawed grading units and allowable false calls. As a part of ongoing Section XI Code activities, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) reviewed the statistical significance of these revisions and offered the modified table.
In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10, Table VIII-S2-1 requirements, the marked-up table shown below will be used.
Page 48 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) 15 17 18 20 21 23 24 26 27 29 30                     2 3
Proposed Alternative  Table VIII-S2-1 was revised to reflect the reduced number of unflawed grading units and Basis for  and allowable false calls. As a part of ongoing Section XI Code activities, Pacific Use:  Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) reviewed the statistical significance of these revisions and offered the modified table.
3 3
Page 48 of 70
3 3
 
4 4
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
4 4 5 10              The NRC staff has previously determined that the above proposed alternative to Supplement 10, as administered by the EPRI-PDI Program, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i), SNC requests approval to use alternative, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10 requirements.
ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) 10 15                     2 17                     3 18                     3 20                     3 21                     3 23                     3 24                     4 26                     4 27                     4 29                     4 30                     5 The NRC staff has previously determined that the above proposed alternative to Supplement 10, as administered by the EPRI-PDI Program, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i),
Duration of Proposed Alternative: The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval.
SNC requests approval to use alternative, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10 requirements.
Page 49 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Duration of Proposed   The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.
Precedents: This request was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as GR-03-01.  
Alternative:
Page 49 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Precedents:   This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as GR-03-01.
SNC letter NL-03-0596 dated May 14, 2003 submitting GR-03-01.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter NL-03-0596 dated May 14, 2003 submitting GR-03-01.
 
Approval for GR-03-01 was granted for the 3 rd interval by NRC letter dated August 6, 2003 - TAC numbers MB9023 and MB9024.
Approval for GR-03-01 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated August 6, 2003 - TAC numbers MB9023 and MB9024.
Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Status:   Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.
Page 50 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
Page 50 of 70
Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2. Plant Site-Unit:
 
Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval, January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
Requested Date for Approval and Basis Approval is requested by December 1, 2006 to support examinations required during the 1 st Period of the 4 th Interval.
ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
ASME Code Class 3 Buried Piping Components Affected:
Plant Site-Unit:  Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.
Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Edition and Addenda:   Applicable Code IWA-5244(b)(1) requires either a pressure loss test or a test that determines the change in flow between the ends of the buried components for isolable sections of buried piping. The acceptable rate of pressure loss or flow shall be established by the Owner. Requirements:
Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval, January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Dates:
Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2006 to support examinations for Approval and Basis  required during the 1st Period of the 4th Interval.
ASME Code Components      Class 3 Buried Piping Affected:
Applicable Code Edition and    ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Addenda:
IWA-5244(b)(1) requires either a pressure loss test or a test that determines the change in flow between the ends of the buried Applicable Code Requirements:    components for isolable sections of buried piping. The acceptable rate of pressure loss or flow shall be established by the Owner.
Sections of Plant Service Water (PSW) and Residual Heat Removal Service Water (RHRSW) System buried piping were not designed with consideration for isolation valves adequate for performing a pressure loss type test or instrumentation adequate for measuring changes in flow between the ends of the buried piping.
Sections of Plant Service Water (PSW) and Residual Heat Removal Service Water (RHRSW) System buried piping were not designed with consideration for isolation valves adequate for performing a pressure loss type test or instrumentation adequate for measuring changes in flow between the ends of the buried piping.
The PSW and RHRSW Systems both contain large diameter buried piping (30" PSW and 18" RHRSW) that runs from the River Intake Structure to the Reactor Building which is > 1000 feet in length. The subject piping design did not provide for isolation valves that are capable of supporting a pressure loss type test considering the volume of the piping and the available capacity of test pumps. The system isolation valves were only intended to provide isolation for maintenance activities with only static system pressure. Reason for Request:  PSW was designed with a single flow indicator located at the discharge of each pump and RHRSW was only designed with a single flow indicator per train located near the RHR Heat Exchanger. Therefore, the installed instrumentation is inadequa te for measuring the flow difference at each end of the buried piping. The use of Ultrasonic Flow Instrumentation was considered, but the piping configurations do not provide for the straight runs of piping required for accurate flow measurement.
The PSW and RHRSW Systems both contain large diameter buried piping (30 PSW and 18 RHRSW) that runs from the River Intake Structure to the Reactor Building which is > 1000 feet in length. The subject piping design did not provide for isolation valves that are capable of supporting a pressure loss type test considering the volume of Reason for Request:
Page 51 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
the piping and the available capacity of test pumps. The system isolation valves were only intended to provide isolation for maintenance activities with only static system pressure.
The accident analysis requires a PSW flow rate of 4,428 gpm and a RHRSW flow rate of 4,000 gpm. Both the PSW and RHRSW systems include four pumps each with two pumps designated to each of two independent trains. The PSW pumps have a design flow rate of 8,500 gpm and the RHRSW pumps have a design flow rate of 4,000 gpm. Therefore, to meet accident analysis requirements, only one pump per
PSW was designed with a single flow indicator located at the discharge of each pump and RHRSW was only designed with a single flow indicator per train located near the RHR Heat Exchanger. Therefore, the installed instrumentation is inadequate for measuring the flow difference at each end of the buried piping. The use of Ultrasonic Flow Instrumentation was considered, but the piping configurations do not provide for the straight runs of piping required for accurate flow measurement.
Page 51 of 70


train is required for both PSW and RHRSW. Therefore, each of the independent trains of both systems can accommodate a large leak and still satisfy the accident analysis requirements. IWA-5244(b)(1) requires the Owner to establish the acceptance criteria for the buried piping test. Since there is no industry guidance for acceptance criteria, SNC considered that the allowable ASME OM Code instrument accuracy for pump Inservice Testing should be adequate.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
The ASME OM Code requires flow instruments with a calibration accuracy of 2%. This would allow for a leak of 89 gpm for PSW (i.e., 2% of required accident flow) and 80 gpm for RHRSW (i.e., 2% of required accident flow) which seems reasonable for assuring the integrity of the buried piping. Each of the PSW and RHRSW pumps are tested in accordance with the sites IST Program on a quarterly frequency. The PSW pumps are tested at a flow rate of > 6,000 gpm and the RHRSW pumps are tested at 4,000 gpm. Each pump test requires approximately thirty-minutes to perform. Therefore, using the 2%
ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)
The accident analysis requires a PSW flow rate of 4,428 gpm and a RHRSW flow rate of 4,000 gpm. Both the PSW and RHRSW systems include four pumps each with two pumps designated to each of two independent trains. The PSW pumps have a design flow rate of 8,500 gpm and the RHRSW pumps have a design flow rate of 4,000 gpm.
Therefore, to meet accident analysis requirements, only one pump per train is required for both PSW and RHRSW. Therefore, each of the independent trains of both systems can accommodate a large leak and still satisfy the accident analysis requirements.
IWA-5244(b)(1) requires the Owner to establish the acceptance criteria for the buried piping test. Since there is no industry guidance for acceptance criteria, SNC considered that the allowable ASME OM Code instrument accuracy for pump Inservice Testing should be adequate.
The ASME OM Code requires flow instruments with a calibration accuracy of +/-2%. This would allow for a leak of 89 gpm for PSW (i.e.,
2% of required accident flow) and 80 gpm for RHRSW (i.e., 2% of required accident flow) which seems reasonable for assuring the integrity of the buried piping. Each of the PSW and RHRSW pumps are tested in accordance with the sites IST Program on a quarterly frequency. The PSW pumps are tested at a flow rate of > 6,000 gpm and the RHRSW pumps are tested at 4,000 gpm. Each pump test requires approximately thirty-minutes to perform. Therefore, using the 2%
acceptance criteria, PSW could experience a leak of > 2,600 gallons and RHRSW a leak of  2,400 gallons, and still complete a successful pressure test. Previous plant experience with leaks in non-safety related buried piping indicates that leaks much less than these are more readily identified by visual observation of the surrounding ground surface area.
acceptance criteria, PSW could experience a leak of > 2,600 gallons and RHRSW a leak of  2,400 gallons, and still complete a successful pressure test. Previous plant experience with leaks in non-safety related buried piping indicates that leaks much less than these are more readily identified by visual observation of the surrounding ground surface area.
At least one PSW pump is required to be in operation at all times during normal plant power operation. At least one RHRSW pump is required to be in operation for extended periods of time at the beginning and end of each refueling outage. Therefore, both systems are inservice for extended periods of time and leaks even smaller than those discussed above would be readily identified by plant personnel performing routine rounds inspections.
At least one PSW pump is required to be in operation at all times during normal plant power operation. At least one RHRSW pump is required to be in operation for extended periods of time at the beginning and end of each refueling outage. Therefore, both systems are inservice for extended periods of time and leaks even smaller than those discussed above would be readily identified by plant personnel performing routine rounds inspections.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: SNC proposes to perform visual examination of the ground surface area immediately above each buried section of PSW and RHRSW annually in lieu of performing the test required by IWA-5244(b)(1). The visual examinations will be performed only af ter the subject piping has been in operation at nominal operating conditions for a minimum of 24-hours.
SNC proposes to perform visual examination of the ground surface area immediately above each buried section of PSW and RHRSW annually Proposed    in lieu of performing the test required by IWA-5244(b)(1). The visual Alternative and Basis for examinations will be performed only after the subject piping has been in Use:    operation at nominal operating conditions for a minimum of 24-hours.
The ASME Section XI code only requires a pressure test once each period (40-months). Additionally, Operations personnel will be Page 52 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC) ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) instructed to be observant of standing water or moist ground above the buried piping during daily routine rounds which are performed at least once per shift (12-hours).
The ASME Section XI code only requires a pressure test once each period (40-months). Additionally, Operations personnel will be Page 52 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)
ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) instructed to be observant of standing water or moist ground above the buried piping during daily routine rounds which are performed at least once per shift (12-hours).
Specific annual visual examinations in conjunction with daily Operator observations will provide adequate detection of any leaks in buried PSW or RHRSW piping in adequate time to perform corrective actions.
Specific annual visual examinations in conjunction with daily Operator observations will provide adequate detection of any leaks in buried PSW or RHRSW piping in adequate time to perform corrective actions.
These visual examinations provide an adequate level of quality and safety; therefore, are acceptable per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
These visual examinations provide an adequate level of quality and safety; therefore, are acceptable per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).
Duration of Proposed Alternative:
Duration of The 4th ISI Interval beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 31, Proposed Alternative:  2015.
The 4 th ISI Interval beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 31, 2015. Precedents:
Precedents:   None.
None.  


==References:==
==References:==
None.
Status:  Withdrawn.
Page 53 of 70


None. Status: Withdrawn. Page 53 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval Dates: 4 th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.
Requested Date for Approval: Approval is requested by November 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006)
Dates:
ASME Code Components Affected: Accessible surface areas of the Containment Vessel pressure retaining boundary Vent System, requiring visual examination per ASME Section XI, Table IWE-2500-1, Category E-A, Item Number E1.20.
Requested Date Approval is requested by November 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during for Approval: 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006)
Applicable Code Edition and Addenda: ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Applicable 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) requires a VT-3 examination of components in IWE Table 2500-1, Category E-A, Item E1.20 in lieu of the ASME Section XI required General Visual Examination (CFR dated October 4, 2004). Requirements:
ASME Code Accessible surface areas of the Containment Vessel pressure retaining boundary Vent Components System, requiring visual examination per ASME Section XI, Table IWE-2500-1, Affected: Category E-A, Item Number E1.20.
During the 3 rd inservice inspection interval, the 1992 Code with 1992 Addenda required a VT-3 examination of the accessible surface areas of the vent system. SNC requested approval in Relief Request RR-MC-9 to use a General Visual examination in lieu of the VT-3 examination. This request was approved by the NRC. For the 4 th interval, the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda does not require the VT-3 examination; however in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G), the NRC added a requirement to perform the VT-3 examinations. Reason for Request:  SNC believes that the examination provisions established in previous Relief Request RR-MC-9 have proven to be sufficient to maintain the structural integrity and leak-tightness of the containment surfaces; therefore, SNC is requesting to continue the use of similar provisions during the 4 th interval.
Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Edition and Addenda:
Applicable 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) requires a VT-3 examination of components in IWE Table Requirements: 2500-1, Category E-A, Item E1.20 in lieu of the ASME Section XI required General Visual Examination (CFR dated October 4, 2004).
Reason for During the 3rd inservice inspection interval, the 1992 Code with 1992 Addenda required a Request: VT-3 examination of the accessible surface areas of the vent system. SNC requested approval in Relief Request RR-MC-9 to use a General Visual examination in lieu of the VT-3 examination. This request was approved by the NRC. For the 4th interval, the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda does not require the VT-3 examination; however in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G), the NRC added a requirement to perform the VT-3 examinations.
SNC believes that the examination provisions established in previous Relief Request RR-MC-9 have proven to be sufficient to maintain the structural integrity and leak-tightness of the containment surfaces; therefore, SNC is requesting to continue the use of similar provisions during the 4th interval.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-MC-9.
See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-MC-9.
Proposed Alternative and Basis for Use: In lieu of conducting the 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) required visual examination (VT-3), SNC proposes to perform a general visual type examination on all non-submerged, accessible pressure boundary surfaces of the vent system. This general visual type examination will be performed in accordance with the Plant Hatch "Qualified (N) Coatings" program. The details of this program were provided in the October 19, 1998 response to NRC Generic Letter 98-04, "Potential for Degradation of the Emergency Core Cooling System and the Containment Spray System After a Loss-of-Coolant Accident Because of Construction and Protective Coating Page 54 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Deficiencies and Foreign Material in Containment."  The procedures and personnel qualifications applicable for the coatings program implementation are in compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.54, 1973, and the implementation is based on the following documents: (1) ANSI N101.2-1972, "Protective Coatings (Plants) for Light Water Nuclear Reactor Containment Facilities;" (2) ANSI N101.4-1972, "Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings Applied to Nuclear Facilities;" and (3) EPRI Report TR-109937, "Guideline on Nuclear Safety-Related Coatings."  This program was approved by the NRC in a letter dated November 19, 1999.
Proposed In lieu of conducting the 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) required visual Alternative and  examination (VT-3), SNC proposes to perform a general visual type Basis for Use: examination on all non-submerged, accessible pressure boundary surfaces of the vent system. This general visual type examination will be performed in accordance with the Plant Hatch Qualified (N) Coatings program. The details of this program were provided in the October 19, 1998 response to NRC Generic Letter 98-04, Potential for Degradation of the Emergency Core Cooling System and the Containment Spray System After a Loss-of-Coolant Accident Because of Construction and Protective Coating Page 54 of 70
The "Qualified (N) Coatings" program examination frequency is equivalent to that of the ASME XI Code and the program requires that when evidence of degradation is detected, a detailed examination and evaluation be performed. The detailed visual examination would be performed in accordance with the provisions of ASME XI paragraph IWE-2310(c).
 
The exterior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the BWR Drywell to the Suppression Pool are located in the Reactor Building. The Reactor Building environment does not pose adverse conditions that would promote rapid degradation of the outside pressure boundary surfaces of the Vent System. The interior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the Drywell to the suppression pool and the portions of the vent system located inside the Suppression Pool are maintained in a nitrogen inerted environment during normal power operation in accordance with Technical Specification requirements. History and previous examinations have indicated that this environment does not promote rapid degradation of the surfaces.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Deficiencies and Foreign Material in Containment. The procedures and personnel qualifications applicable for the coatings program implementation are in compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.54, 1973, and the implementation is based on the following documents: (1) ANSI N101.2-1972, Protective Coatings (Plants) for Light Water Nuclear Reactor Containment Facilities; (2) ANSI N101.4-1972, Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings Applied to Nuclear Facilities; and (3) EPRI Report TR-109937, Guideline on Nuclear Safety-Related Coatings. This program was approved by the NRC in a letter dated November 19, 1999.
The requirements specified for a VT-3 were developed for detecting flaws in metal components and are more stringent than those required for detection of degradation such as corrosion. Since corrosion of base metal is the primary issue of concern for containment pressure boundary surface areas, a general visual type examination, in accordance with the site "Qualified (N) Coatings" program, is sufficient to inspect the subject surface areas of the containment and will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, SNC hereby requests an exemption from the requirements of 10CFR50.55a (b)(2)(ix)(G) pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12(a)(1) and 10 CFR 50.12(a)(2)(ii) since granting the exemption will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and the application of the regulation in this particular circumstance is not necessary to achieve the underlying purpose of the rule.     The proposed exemption is applicable for the 4 th Inservice Inspection Interval. Duration of Proposed Exemption:
The Qualified (N) Coatings program examination frequency is equivalent to that of the ASME XI Code and the program requires that when evidence of degradation is detected, a detailed examination and evaluation be performed. The detailed visual examination would be performed in accordance with the provisions of ASME XI paragraph IWE-2310(c).
Page 55 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST A similar request was approved for the 3 rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-MC-9.
The exterior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the BWR Drywell to the Suppression Pool are located in the Reactor Building.
Precedents:
The Reactor Building environment does not pose adverse conditions that would promote rapid degradation of the outside pressure boundary surfaces of the Vent System. The interior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the Drywell to the suppression pool and the portions of the vent system located inside the Suppression Pool are maintained in a nitrogen inerted environment during normal power operation in accordance with Technical Specification requirements. History and previous examinations have indicated that this environment does not promote rapid degradation of the surfaces.
The requirements specified for a VT-3 were developed for detecting flaws in metal components and are more stringent than those required for detection of degradation such as corrosion. Since corrosion of base metal is the primary issue of concern for containment pressure boundary surface areas, a general visual type examination, in accordance with the site Qualified (N) Coatings program, is sufficient to inspect the subject surface areas of the containment and will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, SNC hereby requests an exemption from the requirements of 10CFR50.55a (b)(2)(ix)(G) pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12(a)(1) and 10 CFR 50.12(a)(2)(ii) since granting the exemption will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and the application of the regulation in this particular circumstance is not necessary to achieve the underlying purpose of the rule.
Duration of      The proposed exemption is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Proposed        Interval.
Exemption:
Page 55 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Precedents:  A similar request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-MC-9.


==References:==
==References:==
SNC letter HL-5957, dated July 19, 2000 submitting RR-MC-9.
SNC letter HL-5957, dated July 19, 2000 submitting RR-MC-9.
Approval for RR-MC-9 was granted for the 3rd Interval by NRC letter dated October 04, 2000 - TAC numbers MA9569 and MA9570.
Approval for RR-MC-9 was granted for the 3rd Interval by NRC letter dated October 04, 2000 - TAC numbers MA9569 and MA9570.
Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06. Status:  Page 56 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 3 NRC CAVEATS FOR THE USE OF THE 2003 ADDENDA Page 57 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION The NRC adopted the use of the 2003 Addenda to Section XI with numerous caveats.
Status:  Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06.
The caveats which are shown in 10 CFR 50.55a have been listed below by subject area. EXAMINATION OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(viii), Licensees applying Subsection IWL, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this
Page 56 of 70


section (the 2003 Addenda), shall appl y paragraphs (b)(2
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 3 NRC CAVEATS FOR THE USE OF THE 2003 ADDENDA Page 57 of 70
)(viii)(E) through (b)(2)(viii)(G) of this section.
(b)(2)(viii)(E) For Class CC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas. For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report required by IWA-6000:
o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation, and; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.
(b)(2)(viii)(F) Personnel that examine containment concrete surfaces and tendon hardware, wires, or strands must meet the qualification provisions in IWA-2300.
The "owner-defined" personnel qualificati on provisions in IWL-2310(d) are not approved for use.
(b)(2)(viii)(G) Corrosion protection material must be restored following concrete containment post-tensioning system repair and replacement activities in accordance with the quality assurance program requirements specified in IWA-1400.
EXAMINATION OF METAL CONTAINMENTS AND THE LINERS OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS
. Per 50.55a(b)(2)(ix), Licensees applying Subsection IWE, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this


section (2003 Addenda), shall satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(ix)(A), (b)(2)(ix)(B), and (b)(2)(ix)(F) through (b)(2)(ix)(I) of this section.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION The NRC adopted the use of the 2003 Addenda to Section XI with numerous caveats.
Page 58 of 70 (b)(2)(ix)(A) For Class MC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas. For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report as  
The caveats which are shown in 10 CFR 50.55a have been listed below by subject area.
EXAMINATION OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(viii), Licensees applying Subsection IWL, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (the 2003 Addenda), shall apply paragraphs (b)(2)(viii)(E) through (b)(2)(viii)(G) of this section.
(b)(2)(viii)(E) For Class CC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas.
For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report required by IWA-6000:
o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation, and; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.
(b)(2)(viii)(F) Personnel that examine containment concrete surfaces and tendon hardware, wires, or strands must meet the qualification provisions in IWA-2300.
The "owner-defined" personnel qualification provisions in IWL-2310(d) are not approved for use.
(b)(2)(viii)(G) Corrosion protection material must be restored following concrete containment post-tensioning system repair and replacement activities in accordance with the quality assurance program requirements specified in IWA-1400.
EXAMINATION OF METAL CONTAINMENTS AND THE LINERS OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS.
Per 50.55a(b)(2)(ix), Licensees applying Subsection IWE, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), shall satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(ix)(A),
(b)(2)(ix)(B), and (b)(2)(ix)(F) through (b)(2)(ix)(I) of this section.
(b)(2)(ix)(A) For Class MC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas. For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report as required by IWA-6000:
Page 58 of 70


required by IWA-6000:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation; and o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.
(b)(2)(ix)(B) When performing remotely the visual examinations required by Subsection IWE, the maximum direct examination distance specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be extended and the minimum illumination requirements specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be decreased provided that the conditions or indications for which the visual examination is performed can be detected at the chosen distance and illumination.
(b)(2)(ix)(F) VT-1 and VT-3 examinations must be conducted in accordance with IWA-2200. Personnel conducting examinations in accordance with the VT-1 or VT-3 examination method shall be qualified in accordance with IWA-2300. The "owner-defined" personnel qualification provisions in IWE-2330(a) for personnel that conduct VT-1 and VT-3 examinations are not approved for use.
(b)(2)(ix)(G) The VT-3 examination method must be used to conduct the examinations in Items E1.12 and E1.20 of Table IWE-2500-1, and the VT-1 examination method must be used to conduct the examination in Item E4.11 of Table IWE-2500-1. An examination of the pressure-retaining bolted connections in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 using the VT-3 examination method must be conducted once each interval. The "owner-defined" visual examination provisions in IWE-2310(a) are not approved for use for VT-1 and VT-3 examinations.
(b)(2)(ix)(H) Containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of the examinations in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 must be examined using the VT-3 examination method. Flaws or degradation identified during the performance of a VT-3 examination must be examined in accordance with the VT-1 examination method. The criteria in the material specification or IWB-3517.1 must be used to evaluate containment bolting flaws or degradation. As an alternative to performing VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of Item E1.11, VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections may be conducted whenever containment bolted connections are disassembled for any reason.
(b)(2)(ix)(I) The ultrasonic examination acceptance standard specified in IWE-3511.3 for Class MC pressure-retaining components must also be applied to metallic liners of Class CC pressure-retaining components.
Page 59 of 70


HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation; and o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.  
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION QUALITY ASSURANCE Per 50.55a(b)(2)(x), when applying Section XI editions and addenda later than the 1989 Edition, the requirements of NQA-1, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facilities," 1979 Addenda through the 1989 Edition, are acceptable as permitted by IWA-1400 of Section XI, if the licensee uses its 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, quality assurance program, in conjunction with Section XI requirements. Commitments contained in the licensee's quality assurance program description that are more stringent than those contained in NQA-1 must govern Section XI activities. Further, where NQA-1 and Section XI do not address the commitments contained in the licensee's Appendix B quality assurance program description, the commitments must be applied to Section XI activities.
(b)(2)(ix)(B) When performing remotely the visual examinations required by Subsection IWE, the maximum direct examination distance specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be extended and the minimum illumination requirements specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be decreased provided that the conditions or indications for which the visual examination is performed can be detected at the chosen distance and illumination.  
CLASS 1 PIPING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xi), Licensees may not apply IWB-1220, "Components Exempt from Examination," of Section XI, 1989 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and shall apply IWB-1220, 1989 Edition.
(b)(2)(ix)(F) VT-1 and VT-3 examinations must be conducted in accordance with IWA-2200. Personnel conducting examinations in accordance with the VT-1 or VT-3 examination method shall be qualified in accordance with IWA-2300. The "owner-
Per 50.55a (g)(4)(iii), Licensees may, but are not required to, perform the surface examinations of High Pressure Safety Injection Systems specified in Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-J, Item Numbers B9.20, B9.21, and B9.22.
UNDERWATER WELDING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xii), the provisions in IWA-4660, "Underwater Welding," of Section XI, 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not approved for use on irradiated material.
MECHANICAL CLAMPING DEVICES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xiii), Licensees may use the provisions of Code Case N-523-1, "Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping." Licensee choosing to apply Code Case N-523-1 shall apply all of its provisions.
50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(A) When implementing Code Case N-513, the specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied.
50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(B) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to: components other than pipe and tube, such as pumps, valves, expansion joints, and heat exchangers; leakage through a flange gasket; threaded connections employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leakage is not a structural flaw, thread integrity must be maintained); and degraded socket welds.
Page 60 of 70


defined" personnel qualification provisi ons in IWE-2330(a) for personnel that conduct VT-1 and VT-3 examinations are not approved for use.  
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION APPENDIX VIII PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv). The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of the ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited. (Therefore, the 2001 Edition is used).
(b)(2)(ix)(G) The VT-3 examination method must be used to conduct the examinations in Items E1.12 and E1.20 of Table IWE-2500-1, and the VT-1 examination method must be used to conduct the examination in Item E4.11 of Table IWE-2500-1. An examination of the pressure-retaining bolted connections in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 using the VT-3 examination method must be conducted once each interval. The "owner-defined" visual examination provisions in IWE-2310(a) are not approved for use for VT-1 and VT-3 examinations.  
50.55a(b)(2)(xiv). All personnel qualified for performing ultrasonic examinations in accordance with Appendix VIII shall receive 8 hours of annual hands-on training on specimens that contain cracks. Licensees applying the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2001 Edition) may use the annual practice requirements in VII-4240 of Appendix VII of Section XI in place of the 8 hours of annual hands-on training provided that the supplemental practice is performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from material or welds that contain cracks. In either case, training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensee's facility.
(b)(2)(ix)(H) Containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of the examinations in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 must be examined using the VT-3 examination method. Flaws or degradation identified during the performance of a VT-3 examination must be examined in accordance with the VT-1 examination method. The criteria in the material specification or IWB-3517.1 must be used to evaluate containmen t bolting flaws or degradation. As an alternative to performing VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of Item E1.11, VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections may be conducted whenever containment bolted connections are disassembled for any reason.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv) Appendix VIII specimen set and qualification requirements. The following provisions may be used to modify implementation of Appendix VIII of Section XI, 1995 Edition through the 2001 Edition. Licensees choosing to apply these provisions shall apply all of the following provisions under this paragraph except for those in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F) which are optional.
Page 59 of 70 (b)(2)(ix)(I) The ultrasonic examination acceptance standard specified in IWE-3511.3 for Class MC pressure-retaining components must also be applied to metallic liners of Class CC pressure-retaining components.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A) When applying Supplements 2, 3, and 10 to Appendix VIII, the following examination coverage criteria requirements must be used:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION QUALITY ASSURANCE Per 50.55a(b)(2)(x), when applying Section XI editions and addenda later than the 1989 Edition, the requirements of NQA-1, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facilities," 1979 Addenda through the 1989 Edition, are acceptable as permitted by IWA-1400 of Section XI, if the licensee uses its 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, quality assurance program , in conjunction with Section XI requirements. Commitments contained in the licensee's quality assurance program description that are more stringent than those contained in NQA-1 must govern Section XI activities. Further, where NQA-1 and Section XI do not address the commitments contained in the licensee's Appendix B quality assurance program description, the commitments must be applied to Section XI activities.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(1) Piping must be examined in two axial directions, and when examination in the circumferential direction is required, the circumferential examination must be performed in two directions, provided access is available.
CLASS 1 PIPING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xi), Licensees may not apply IWB-1220, "Components Exempt from Examination," of Section XI, 1989 Addenda through the latest edition and
Dissimilar metal welds must be examined axially and circumferentially.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(2) Where examination from both sides is not possible, full coverage credit may be claimed from a single side for ferritic welds. Where examination from both sides is not possible on austenitic welds or dissimilar metal welds, full coverage credit from a single side may be claimed only after completing a successful single-sided Appendix VIII demonstration using flaws on the opposite side of the weld. Dissimilar metal weld qualifications must be demonstrated from the austenitic side of the weld and may be used to perform examinations from either side of the weld.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detection acceptance criteria--Personnel are qualified for detection if the results of the performance demonstration satisfy Page 61 of 70


addenda incorporated by reference in paragr aph (b)(2) of this section, and shall apply IWB-1220, 1989 Edition.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION the detection requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Table VIII-S4-1 and no flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall dimension is missed.
Per 50.55a (g)(4)(iii), Licensees may, but are not required to, perform the surface examinations of High Pressure Safety Injection Systems specified in Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-J, Item Numbers B9.20, B9.21, and B9.22.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(2) Paragraph 1.1(c), Detection test matrix--Flaws smaller than the 50 percent of allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. For procedures applied from the inside surface, use the minimum thickness specified in the scope of the procedure to calculate a/t.
UNDERWATER WELDING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xii), t he provisions in IWA-4660, "Underwater Welding," of Section XI, 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not a pproved for use on irradiated material.
For procedures applied from the outside surface, the actual thickness of the test specimen is to be used to calculate a/t.
MECHANICAL CLAMPING DEVICES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xiii), Licensees may use the provisions of Code Case N-523-1, "Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping."  Licensee choosing to apply Code Case N-523-1 shall apply all of its provisions.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C) When applying Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:
50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(A) When implementing C ode Case N-513, the specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied.
Page 60 of 70 50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(B) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to: components other than pipe and tube, such as pumps, valves, expansion joints, and heat exchangers; leakage through a flange gasket; threaded connectio ns employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leak age is not a struct ural flaw, thread integrity must be maintained); and degraded socket welds.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION APPENDIX VIII PERSO NNEL QUALIFICATION 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv)
. The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of th e ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragr aph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited.  (Therefore, the 2001 Edition is used).
50.55a(b)(2)(xiv)
. All personnel qualified for performing ultrasonic examinations in accordance with Appendix VIII shall receive 8 hours of annual hands-on training on specimens that contain cracks. Licens ees applying the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2001 Edition) may use the annual practice requirements in VII-4240 of Appendix VII of Section XI in place of the 8 hours of annual hands-on training provided that the supplemental practice is performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from mate rial or welds that contain cracks. In either case, training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensee's facility.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)
Appendix VIII specimen se t and qualification requirements.
The following provisions may be used to modify implementation of Appendix VIII of Section XI, 1995 Edition through the 2001 Ed ition. Licensees choosing to apply these provisions sha ll apply all of the following pr ovisions under this paragraph except for those in § 50.55a(b)(2
)(xv)(F) which are optional.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A) When applying Supplemen ts 2, 3, and 10 to Appendix VIII, the following examination coverage criteria requirements must be used:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(1)  Piping must be examined in two axial directions, and when examination in the circumferential direction is required, the circumferential examination must be performed in two directions, provided access is available. Dissimilar metal welds must be examined axially and circumferentially.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(2) Where examination fr om both sides is not possible, full coverage credit may be claimed from a single side for ferritic welds. Where examination from both sides is not possible on austenitic welds or dissimilar metal welds, full coverage credit from a single side may be claimed only after completing a successful single-sided Appendix VIII demonstration using flaws on the opposite side of the weld. Dissimilar metal weld qualifications must be demonstrated from the austenitic side of the weld and may be used to perform examinations from either side of the weld.
Page 61 of 70 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detection acceptance criteria--Personnel are qualified for detection if the results of the performance demonstration satisfy HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION the detection requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Table VIII-S4-1 and no flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall dimension is missed.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(2) Paragraph 1.1(c), Detection test matrix--Flaws smaller than the 50 percent of allowable flaw si ze, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. For procedures applied from the inside surface, use the minimum thickness specified in the scope of the procedure to calculate a/t. For procedures applied from the outside surface, the actual thickness of the test specimen is to be used to calculate a/t.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C) When applying Supplemen t 4 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.15 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements in Subparagraphs 3.2(a) and 3.2(c), and a length sizing requirement of 0.75 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirement in Subparagraph 3.2(b).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.15 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements in Subparagraphs 3.2(a) and 3.2(c), and a length sizing requirement of 0.75 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirement in Subparagraph 3.2(b).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(2) In lieu of the location accep tance criteria requirements of Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the fl aw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(2) In lieu of the location acceptance criteria requirements of Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the flaw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3) In lieu of the flaw type requirements of Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 70 pe rcent of the flaws in the detection and sizing tests shall be cracks. Notches, if used, must be limited by the following: 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(i) Notches must be limited to the case where examinations are performed from the clad surface. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(ii) Notches must be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.010 inches. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(iii) Notches must be perpendicular to the surface within +/- 2 degrees. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(4) In lieu of the detection test matrix requirements in paragraphs 1.1(e)(2) and 1.1(e)(3), personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw or ientations, sizes, and locations.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3) In lieu of the flaw type requirements of Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 70 percent of the flaws in the detection and sizing tests shall be cracks. Notches, if used, must be limited by the following:
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(i) Notches must be limited to the case where examinations are performed from the clad surface.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(ii) Notches must be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.010 inches.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(iii) Notches must be perpendicular to the surface within +/- 2 degrees.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(4) In lieu of the detection test matrix requirements in paragraphs 1.1(e)(2) and 1.1(e)(3), personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw orientations, sizes, and locations.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII:
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detecti on Acceptance Criteria--Personnel are qualified for detection if: 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(i) No surface connected flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall has been missed. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(ii) No embedded flaw greater than 0.50 inch through wall has been missed.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detection Acceptance Criteria--
Page 62 of 70 o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(2) Paragraph 3.1, Detection Acceptance Criteria--For procedure qualification, all flaws with in the scope of the procedure are detected.
Personnel are qualified for detection if:
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(3) Paragraph 1.1(b) for detection and sizing test flaws and locations--Flaws smaller than the 50 percen t of allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. Flaws which are less than the allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, may be used as detection and sizing flaws.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(i) No surface connected flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall has been missed.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(ii) No embedded flaw greater than 0.50 inch through wall has been missed.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(2) Paragraph 3.1, Detection Acceptance Criteria--For procedure qualification, all flaws within the scope of the procedure are detected.
Page 62 of 70
 
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(3) Paragraph 1.1(b) for detection and sizing test flaws and locations--Flaws smaller than the 50 percent of allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. Flaws which are less than the allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, may be used as detection and sizing flaws.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(4) Notches are not permitted.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(4) Notches are not permitted.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E) When applying Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E) When applying Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.25 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements of subparagraphs 3.2(a), 3.2(c)(2), and 3.2(c)(3).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.25 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements of subparagraphs 3.2(a), 3.2(c)(2), and 3.2(c)(3).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(2) In lieu of the location accep tance criteria requirements in Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported  
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(2) In lieu of the location acceptance criteria requirements in Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the flaw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.
 
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3) In lieu of the length sizing criteria requirements of Subparagraph 3.2(b), a length sizing acceptance criteria of 0.75 inch RMS must be used.
within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the fl aw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(4) In lieu of the detection specimen requirements in Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 55 percent of the flaws must be cracks.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3) In lieu of the length sizing criteria requirements of Subparagraph 3.2(b), a length sizing acceptance criteria of 0.75 inch RMS must be used. o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(4) In lieu of the detection specimen requirements in Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 55 percent of the flaws must be cracks. The remaining flaws may be cracks or fabr ication type flaws, such as slag and lack of fusion. The use of notches is not allowed.
The remaining flaws may be cracks or fabrication type flaws, such as slag and lack of fusion. The use of notches is not allowed.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(5) In lieu of paragraphs 1.1(e
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(5) In lieu of paragraphs 1.1(e)(2) and 1.1(e)(3) detection test matrix, personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw orientations, sizes, and locations.
)(2) and 1.1(e
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F) The following provisions may be used for personnel qualification for combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII qualification. Licensees choosing to apply this combined qualification shall apply all of the provisions of Supplements 4 and 6 including the following provisions:
)(3) detection test matrix, personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw orientat ions, sizes, and locations.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F) The following provisions may be used for personnel qualification for combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII qualification. Licensees choosing to apply this combined qualification shall apply all of the provisions of Supplem ents 4 and 6 including the following provisions:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(1) For detection and sizing, the total number of flaws must be at least 10. A minimum of 5 flaws shall be from Supplement 4, and a minimum of 50 percent of the flaws must be from Supplement 6. At least 50 percent of the flaws in any sizing must be cracks. Notches are not acceptable for Supplement 6.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(1) For detection and sizing, the total number of flaws must be at least 10. A minimum of 5 flaws shall be from Supplement 4, and a minimum of 50 percent of the flaws must be from Supplement 6. At least 50 percent of the flaws in any sizing must be cracks. Notches are not acceptable for Supplement 6.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(2) Examination personnel are qualified for detection and length sizing when the results of any combined performance demonstration satisfy the acceptance criteria of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(2) Examination personnel are qualified for detection and length sizing when the results of any combined performance demonstration satisfy the acceptance criteria of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3) Examination personnel are qualified for depth sizing when Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII flaws are sized within the respective acceptance criteria of those supplements.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3) Examination personnel are qualified for depth sizing when Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII flaws are sized within the respective acceptance criteria of those supplements.
Page 63 of 70  
Page 63 of 70


HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G) When applying Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplem ent 4 and Supplement 6 qualification, the following additional provisions must be used, and examination coverage must include: o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) The clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal direc tions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G) When applying Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplement 4 and Supplement 6 qualification, the following additional provisions must be used, and examination coverage must include:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) If the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement  
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) The clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal directions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) If the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement
: 6. Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.
: 6. Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular dire ction, using a pro cedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of §  
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction, using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.
 
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(H) When applying Supplement 5 to Appendix VIII, at least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum misorientation shall be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I) When applying Supplement 5, Paragraph (a), to Appendix VIII, the following provision must be used in calculating the number of permissible false calls: 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I)(1) The number of false calls allowed must be D/10, with a maximum of 3, where D is the diameter of the nozzle.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(H) When applying Supplemen t 5 to Appendix VIII, at least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum misorientation shall be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I) When applying Supplement 5, Paragraph (a), to Appendix VIII, the following provision must be used in calculating the number of permissible false  
 
calls: 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I)(1) The number of false calls allowed must be D/10, with a maximum of 3, where D is the diameter of the nozzle.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J) [Reserved]
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J) [Reserved]
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K) When performing nozzle-to-vessel weld examinations, the following provisions must be used when the requirements contained in Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII are applied for nozzle-to-vessel welds in conjunction with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplement 4 and Supplement 6 qualification.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K) When performing nozzle-to-vessel weld examinations, the following provisions must be used when the requirements contained in Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII are applied for nozzle-to-vessel welds in conjunction with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplement 4 and Supplement 6 qualification.
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1) For examination of nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the bore, the following provisions are required to qualify the procedures, equipment, and personnel:
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1) For examination of nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the bore, the following provisions are required to qualify the procedures, equipment, and personnel:
Page 64 of 70  50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) For detection, a minimum of four flaws in one or more full-scale nozzle mock-ups must be added to the test set. The specimens must comply with Supplement 6, paragraph 1.1, to Appendix HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION VIII, except for flaw locations specified in Table VIII S6-1. Flaws may be either notches, fabrication flaws or crack
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) For detection, a minimum of four flaws in one or more full-scale nozzle mock-ups must be added to the test set. The specimens must comply with Supplement 6, paragraph 1.1, to Appendix Page 64 of 70
: s. Seventy-five (75) percent of the flaws must be cracks or fabrication fl aws. Flaw locations and orientations must be selected from the choice s shown in paragraph (b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) of this section, Table VIII-S 7-1--Modified, with the exception that flaws in the outer eighty-five (85) percent of the weld need not be perpendicular to the weld. There may be no more than two flaws from each category, and at least one subsurface flaw must be included. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(ii) For length sizing, a minimu m of four flaws as in
§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. The length sizing results must be added to the results of combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII. The combined results must meet the acceptance standards contained in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3). 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(iii) For depth sizing, a minimu m of four flaws as in
§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. Their depths must be distributed over the ranges of Supplement 4, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the inner 15 percent of the wall thickness and Supplement 6, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the remainder of the
 
wall thickness. The depth sizing results must be combined with the sizing results from Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII for the inner 15 percent and to Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII for the remainder of the wall thickness. The combined results must meet the depth sizing acceptance criteria contained in §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3). o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the inside of the vessel,  50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent examination volume to a minimum depth of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from four orthogonal directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and
 
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C). 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) When the examination volume defined in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) cannot be effectively examined in all four directions, the examination must be augmented by examination from the
 
nozzle bore using a procedure and pe rsonnel qualified in accordance with 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1). Page 65 of 70  50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(iii) The remainder of the examination volume not covered by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) or a combination of 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) and § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii), must be examined from the nozzle bore using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1), or from the vessel shell using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as modified by HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-shell welds conducted from the outside of the vessel,  50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent metal to a depth of 15 percent T, (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from one radial and two opposing circumferential directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, as modified by §§
 
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C), for examinations performed in the radial direction, and Supplement 5 to Appendix VIII, as modified by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J), for examinations performed in the circumferential direction. 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(ii) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) must be examined in a minimum of one radial direction using a procedure and pe rsonnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as
 
modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(x v)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) Table VIII-S7-1, "Flaw Loca tions and Orientations," Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII, is modified as follows:
Table VIII-S7-1--Modified Flaw Locations and Orientations Parallel to weld Perpendicular to weld Inner 15 percent X X OD Surface X ..... Subsurface X ..... 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(L) As a modification to the requirements of Supplement 8, Subparagraph 1.1(c), to Appendix VIII, notches may be located within one diameter of each end of the bolt or stud.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(M) When implementing Supplement 12 to Appendix VIII, only
 
the provisions related to the coordinated implementation of Supplement 3 to Supplement 2 performance demons trations are to be applied.
50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)
Appendix VIII single side ferr itic vessel and piping and stainless steel piping examination.
Page 66 of 70 50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) Examinations performed from one side of a ferritic vessel weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined.
50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(B) Examinations performed fr om one side of a ferritic or stainless steel pipe weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and §
 
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A).
CERTIFICATION OF NDE PERSONNEL 50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(A) Level I and II nondestructive examination personnel shall be recertified on a 3-year interval in lieu of the 5-year interval specified in the 1997 Addenda and 1998 Edition of IWA-2314, and IWA-2314(a) and IWA-2314(b) of the
 
1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(B) Paragr aph IWA-2316 of the 1998 Edit ion through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by refere nce in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), may only be used to qua lify personnel that observe for leakage during system leakage and hydrostatic te sts conducted in accordance with IWA-5211(a) and (b), 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(C) When qualifying visual examination personnel for VT-3 visual examinations under paragraph IWA-2317 of the 1998 Edition through the latest
 
edition and addenda incorporated by refere nce in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), the proficiency of the training must be demonstrated by administering an initial qualification examination and administering subsequent examinations on a 3-year interval.
SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATIVE METHODS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xix), the provisions for the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques in the 1997 Addenda of IWA-2240 must be applied. The provisions in IWA-2240, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda inco rporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not approved for use. The provisions in IWA-4520(c), 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and a ddenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, allowing the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques for the methods specified in the Construction C ode are not approved for use.
Page 67 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SYSTEM LEAKAGE TESTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xx), when performing system leakage tests in accordance IWA-5213(a), 1997 through 2002 Addenda, a 10-minute hold time after attaining test


pressure is required for Cl ass 2 and Class 3 components that are not in use during normal operating conditions, and no hold time is required for the remaining Class 2 and Class 3 components provided that the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for uninsulated components.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION VIII, except for flaw locations specified in Table VIII S6-1. Flaws may be either notches, fabrication flaws or cracks. Seventy-five (75) percent of the flaws must be cracks or fabrication flaws. Flaw locations and orientations must be selected from the choices shown in paragraph (b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) of this section, Table VIII-S7-1--Modified, with the exception that flaws in the outer eighty-five (85) percent of the weld need not be perpendicular to the weld. There may be no more than two flaws from each category, and at least one subsurface flaw must be included.
TABLE IWB-2500-1 EXAMIN ATION REQUIREMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(A), the provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, Full Penetration Welded Nozzles in Vessels, Items B3.40 and B3.60 (Inspection Program A) and Items B3.120 a nd B3.140 (Inspection Program B) in the 1998 Edition must be applied when using the 1999 Addenda through the latest
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(ii) For length sizing, a minimum of four flaws as in
      § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. The length sizing results must be added to the results of combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII. The combined results must meet the acceptance standards contained in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3).
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(iii) For depth sizing, a minimum of four flaws as in
      § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. Their depths must be distributed over the ranges of Supplement 4, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the inner 15 percent of the wall thickness and Supplement 6, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the remainder of the wall thickness. The depth sizing results must be combined with the sizing results from Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII for the inner 15 percent and to Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII for the remainder of the wall thickness.
The combined results must meet the depth sizing acceptance criteria contained in §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the inside of the vessel, 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent examination volume to a minimum depth of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from four orthogonal directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C).
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) When the examination volume defined in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) cannot be effectively examined in all four directions, the examination must be augmented by examination from the nozzle bore using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1).
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(iii) The remainder of the examination volume not covered by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) or a combination of 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) and § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii), must be examined from the nozzle bore using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1), or from the vessel shell using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as modified by Page 65 of 70


edition and addenda incorporated by refere nce in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria in Table IWB-3512-1, 1997 Addenda through th e latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be performed in place of an ultrasonic examination.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).
50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(B) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-2, Item B7.80, that are in the 1995 Edition are applicable only to reused bolting
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-shell welds conducted from the outside of the vessel, 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent metal to a depth of 15 percent T, (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from one radial and two opposing circumferential directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C), for examinations performed in the radial direction, and Supplement 5 to Appendix VIII, as modified by
          § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J), for examinations performed in the circumferential direction.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(ii) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) must be examined in a minimum of one radial direction using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E),
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).
o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) Table VIII-S7-1, "Flaw Locations and Orientations,"
Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII, is modified as follows:
Table VIII-S7-1--Modified Flaw Locations and Orientations Parallel to weld      Perpendicular to weld Inner 15 percent                    X                        X OD Surface                          X                        .....
Subsurface                          X                        .....
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(L) As a modification to the requirements of Supplement 8, Subparagraph 1.1(c), to Appendix VIII, notches may be located within one diameter of each end of the bolt or stud.
50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(M) When implementing Supplement 12 to Appendix VIII, only the provisions related to the coordinated implementation of Supplement 3 to Supplement 2 performance demonstrations are to be applied.
50.55a(b)(2)(xvi) Appendix VIII single side ferritic vessel and piping and stainless steel piping examination.
50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) Examinations performed from one side of a ferritic vessel weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency Page 66 of 70


when using the 1997 Addenda through the late st edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined.
50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(C) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-K, Item B10.10, of the 1995 Addenda must be applied when using the 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda inco rporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(B) Examinations performed from one side of a ferritic or stainless steel pipe weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A).
SURFACE EXAMINATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxii), the use of the provision in IWA-2220, "Surface Examination," of Section XI, 2001 Edition through the late st edition and addenda incorporated by  
CERTIFICATION OF NDE PERSONNEL 50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(A) Level I and II nondestructive examination personnel shall be recertified on a 3-year interval in lieu of the 5-year interval specified in the 1997 Addenda and 1998 Edition of IWA-2314, and IWA-2314(a) and IWA-2314(b) of the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(B) Paragraph IWA-2316 of the 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), may only be used to qualify personnel that observe for leakage during system leakage and hydrostatic tests conducted in accordance with IWA-5211(a) and (b), 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(C) When qualifying visual examination personnel for VT-3 visual examinations under paragraph IWA-2317 of the 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), the proficiency of the training must be demonstrated by administering an initial qualification examination and administering subsequent examinations on a 3-year interval.
SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATIVE METHODS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xix), the provisions for the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques in the 1997 Addenda of IWA-2240 must be applied. The provisions in IWA-2240, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not approved for use. The provisions in IWA-4520(c), 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, allowing the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques for the methods specified in the Construction Code are not approved for use.
Page 67 of 70


reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this s ection, that allow use of an ultrasonic examination method is prohibited.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SYSTEM LEAKAGE TESTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xx), when performing system leakage tests in accordance IWA-5213(a), 1997 through 2002 Addenda, a 10-minute hold time after attaining test pressure is required for Class 2 and Class 3 components that are not in use during normal operating conditions, and no hold time is required for the remaining Class 2 and Class 3 components provided that the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours for insulated components or 10 minutes for uninsulated components.
EVALUATION OF THERMALLY CUT SURFACES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiii), the use of the provisions for eliminating mechanical processing of thermally cut surfaces in IWA-4461.4.2 of Section XI, 2001 Edition Page 68 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION through the latest edition and addenda inco rporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are prohibited.
TABLE IWB-2500-1 EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(A), the provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, Full Penetration Welded Nozzles in Vessels, Items B3.40 and B3.60 (Inspection Program A) and Items B3.120 and B3.140 (Inspection Program B) in the 1998 Edition must be applied when using the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria in Table IWB-3512-1, 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be performed in place of an ultrasonic examination.
MITIGATION OF DEFECTS BY MODIFICATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxv), the use of the provisi ons in IWA-4340, "Mitig ation of Defects by Modification," Section XI, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this sect ion are prohibited.
50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(B) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-2, Item B7.80, that are in the 1995 Edition are applicable only to reused bolting when using the 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
PRESSURE TESTING CLASS 1, 2, AND 3 MECHANICAL JOINTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvi), the repair and replacement activity provisions in IWA-4540(c) of the 1998 Edition of Section XI for pressure testing Class 1, 2, and 3 mechanical joints must be applied when using the 2001 Edition through the latest
50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(C) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-K, Item B10.10, of the 1995 Addenda must be applied when using the 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
SURFACE EXAMINATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxii), the use of the provision in IWA-2220, "Surface Examination,"
of Section XI, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, that allow use of an ultrasonic examination method is prohibited.
EVALUATION OF THERMALLY CUT SURFACES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiii), the use of the provisions for eliminating mechanical processing of thermally cut surfaces in IWA-4461.4.2 of Section XI, 2001 Edition Page 68 of 70


edition and addenda incorporated by refere nce in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are prohibited.
REMOVAL OF INSULATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvii), when performing visual examinations in accordance with IWA-5242 of Section XI, 2003 Addenda thr ough the latest edition and addenda  
MITIGATION OF DEFECTS BY MODIFICATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxv), the use of the provisions in IWA-4340, "Mitigation of Defects by Modification," Section XI, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are prohibited.
PRESSURE TESTING CLASS 1, 2, AND 3 MECHANICAL JOINTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvi), the repair and replacement activity provisions in IWA-4540(c) of the 1998 Edition of Section XI for pressure testing Class 1, 2, and 3 mechanical joints must be applied when using the 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
REMOVAL OF INSULATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvii), when performing visual examinations in accordance with IWA-5242 of Section XI, 2003 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of the section, insulation must be removed from 17-4 PH or 410 stainless steel studs or bolts aged at a temperature below 1100 °F or having a Rockwell Method C hardness value above 30, and from A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts preloaded to 100,000 pounds per square inch or higher.
SNUBBERS Per 50.55a(b)(3), as used in this section, references to the OM Code refer to the ASME Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants, and include the 1995 Edition through the 2003 Addenda subject to the following limitations and modifications:
50.55a(b)(3)(v) Subsection ISTD. Article IWF-5000, "Inservice Inspection Requirements for Snubbers," of the ASME BPV Code, Section XI, provides inservice inspection requirements for examinations and tests of snubbers at nuclear power plants. Licensees may use Subsection ISTD, "Inservice Testing of Dynamic Restraints (Snubbers) in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants," ASME OM Code, 1995 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, in place of the requirements for snubbers in Section XI, IWF-5200(a) and (b) and IWF-5300(a) and (b), by making appropriate changes to their technical specifications or licensee-controlled documents. Preservice and inservice examinations must be performed using the VT-3.
Page 69 of 70


incorporated by reference in paragraph (b
HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 4 NRC SAFETY EVALUATIONS A copy of the safety evaluations may be found on the M&IS website.
)(2) of the section, insulation must be removed from 17-4 PH or 410 stainless stee l studs or bolts aged at a temperature below 1100 °F or having a Rockwell Method C hardness value above 30, and from A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts prel oaded to 100,000 pounds per square inch or higher. SNUBBERS  Per 50.55a(b)(3), as used in this section, re ferences to the OM Code refer to the ASME Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants, and include the 1995 Edition through the 2003 Addenda subject to the following limitations and modifications:
50.55a(b)(3)(v)
Subsection ISTD. Article IWF-5000, "Inservice Inspection Requirements for Snubbers," of the ASME BPV Code, Section XI, provides inservice inspection requirements for examinations and tests of snubbers at nuclear power plants. Licensees may use Subsection ISTD, "Inservice Testing of Dynamic Restraints (Snubbers) in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants," ASME OM Code, 1995 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by refe rence in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, in place of the requirements for snubbers in Section XI, IWF-5200(a) and (b) and IWF-5300(a) and (b), by making appropriate changes to their technical specifications or licensee-controlled documents. Preservice and inservice examinations must be performed using the VT-3.
Page 69 of 70 HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 4 NRC SAFETY EVALUATIONS A copy of the safety evaluations may be found on the M&IS website.
Page 70 of 70}}
Page 70 of 70}}

Latest revision as of 10:33, 23 November 2019

E. I. Hatch, Unit 2, Volume 1, Revision 2, Introduction Fourth Ten-Year Examination Plan.
ML070430092
Person / Time
Site: Hatch Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 11/20/2006
From:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML070430092 (75)
v • d • e


Text

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION DISTRIBUTION Manual Manual Holder Number 1 Document Control QA Record H2 VOL1 DIST.doc Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL EXAMINATION PLANS INTRODUCTION EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST Volume 1 Page Revision Text 1 1 Text 2 1 Text 3 1 Text 4 1 Text 5 1 Text 6 1 Enclosure 1 7 thru 27 1 Enclosure 2 28 thru 56 1 Enclosure 3 57 thru 69 1 Enclosure 4 70 1 H2 VOL1 EFFECTIVE PAGES.DOC Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

  • Scope
  • Life-Extension
  • Background
  • Classification of Components
  • 120-Month (10-Year) ISI Intervals
  • Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on Scheduling
  • Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirement
  • Enclosure 1 - Code Cases
  • Enclosure 2 - Alternatives, Relief Requests, and Exceptions to the Rule
  • Enclosure 3 - NRC Caveats for the Use of the 2003 Addenda
  • Enclosure 4 - NRC Safety Evaluations H2 VOL1 T of C.doc Page 1 of 1 Rev. 1

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Scope The 4th Interval ISI Plan is a compilation of ISI related activities. Each activity is located in a specific volume of this collective plan and is considered to be a stand-alone document with approval sheets for each volume. They are:

Volume 1 General Introduction Volume 2 Class 1, 2, and 3 Inservice Inspection (ISI) Examinations Volume 3 Class 1, 2, and 3 Sketches Volume 4 BWRVIP Vessel Internals Volume 5 IWE Containment Examinations Volume 6 Class 1, 2, and 3 Pressure Testing Note: This plan does not cover Repair and Replacement Activities.

This Introduction also has several enclosures. These are: Code Cases (with NRC caveats) Relief Requests, Alternatives, and Exceptions to the Rule NRC caveats for the use of the 2003 Addenda. NRC Safety Evaluations Life Extension For the 4th Interval, in addition to the Code requirements, selected one-time examinations were committed to be performed as part of the life-extension process. Nuclear Licensing will submit a list of examinations which will be included in this document at a later date.

Background

Hatch Nuclear Plant Unit 2 (HNP-2) is a BWR-4 designed by General Electric with a Construction Permit (CP) docket date of 12/27/72 and began commercial operation on 9/5/79.

Classification of Components Per Section 3.2 of the HNP-2 UFSAR, system quality group classifications, as defined in Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide 1.26 (September 1974), were determined for each water, steam, or radioactive waste containing component of those applicable fluid systems relied upon to:

  • Prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents and malfunctions originating within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB).

Page 1 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION

  • Contain radioactive material.

A tabulation showing the quality group classification for each mechanical component is shown in Table 3.2-1 of the UFSAR under the heading, Quality Group Classification.

Drawing No. H-26095 is a diagram which depicts the relative locations of these components along with their quality group classifications. Table 3.2-4 lists the individual systems and the drawing number in which the quality group classifications for the components of the system are indicated. System quality group classifications and design and fabrication requirements are as indicated in Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, per the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.26. Per Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-3, HNP-2 was essentially designed to ASME Section III, with a few exceptions.

The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 components for ISI purposes is found in the HNP-2 ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are controlled by SNC Design Organization.

Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2), for a boiling or pressurized water-cooled nuclear power facility whose construction permit was issued on or after January 1, 1971, but before July 1, 1974, components (including supports) which are classified as ASME Code Class 1 and Class 2 must be designed and be provided with access to enable the performance of inservice examination of such components (including supports) and must meet the preservice examination requirements set forth in the edition/addenda of ASME Section XI in effect six months prior to the date of issuance of the construction permit. The components (including supports) may meet the requirements set forth in subsequent editions of this code and addenda which are incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2). For HNP-2, the 1971 edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (B&PV) Code could have been used for baseline examinations; however, the 1974 Edition with addenda through Summer 1975 was used.

The classification of Class 1, 2, and 3 components for ISI purposes per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(2) is found in the ISI Boundary Diagrams, which are controlled by SNC Design Organization.

120-Month (10Year) ISI Intervals Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(i), inservice examinations of components conducted during the initial 10-year inspection interval must comply with the requirements in the latest edition and addenda of the Code incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the date of issuance of the operating license. The HNP-2 operating license was issued on June 13, 1978. The 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda through Summer 1975 was selected as the Code for the initial 10-year interval. Per IWA-2400 of the 1974 Edition of Section XI with addenda through Summer 1975, the initial 10-year interval would start when the facility was placed into commercial service.

Commercial operation began on 9/05/79. Therefore the 1st 10-year inspection interval was from 9/05/79 through 9/4/89. Examinations were scheduled such that portions of the required examinations were completed during each 1/3rd of the 1st 10-year interval (each Page 2 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 40 months). However, about 2/3rds of the way through the HNP-2s 1st 10-year interval, HNP-1 was required to perform the 2nd 10-year update. In order that the same Section XI Code could be used for both units, GPC requested and received NRC permission to perform an early update on HNP-2. As defined in Relief Request 8.1.2, effective 01/01/86, the 10-year interval dates were changed to coincide with those for HNP-1.

Ten-year interval dates on HNP-1 were established using the commercial operation date of 12/31/75 as the start of the first ten-year interval. While there is some controversy as to the start of successive intervals, HNP uses the convention that the old interval ends on 12/31 and new interval immediately starts on 12/31. Therefore, successive intervals have ended/began on 12/31/85 and 12/31/95.

As a result of the change, the original 1st Interval for HNP-2 ended and the 2nd Interval began on 12/31/85. The Code of Record for the new 2nd 10-year interval is the same as required for HNP-1 (1980 Edition of Section XI with Addenda through Winter 1981).

The new 2nd Interval 40-month period ending dates for HNP-2 (matching those for HNP-

1) were:

1st Period Ended 4/31/89 2nd Period Ended 8/31/92 3rd Period Ended12/31/95 As part of the approval of Relief Request 8.1.2, the NRC required that the scheduled examinations left over from the original 1st interval be performed during the 1st Period of the new 2nd interval. This is an important feature, because examinations such as the RPV weld examinations originally scheduled for 3rd Period of the 1st interval examinations were now required to be scheduled for the 1st Period of the 2nd Interval.

This new 2nd Interval ended on 12/31/95. Per 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii), inservice examination of components conducted during each 120-month (10-year) inspection interval must comply with the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the Code incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2) on the date 12 months prior to the start of the 120-month inspection interval. For the 3rd Interval, the 1989 base edition of ASME Section XI was required to be implemented. The 3rd interval period dates using the 40-month periods originally established by the 1974 Code are compared below with the new period dates established by the 1989 Code.

Examination Period (1974 Code) Examination Period (1989 Code) 1st Period Ended 5/1/99 1st Period Ended 12/31/98 2nd Period Ended 9/1/02 2nd Period Ended 12/31/2002 3rd Period Ends 12/31/05 3rd Period Ends 12/31/05 Page 3 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION While there is variation in the 1st and 2nd periods, there was no effect because when using either method the outages occurred as follows:

3rd Interval, 1st Period outages were 2R13 (3/97) and 2R14 (9/98) 3rd Interval, 2nd Period outages were 2R15 (5/00) and 2R16 (5/01) 3rd Interval, 3rd Period outages were 2R17 (2/03) and 2R18 (2/05)

HNP-2 is currently in the 4th ISI Interval (12/31/2005 through 12/31/2015) and is currently using the 2001 Edition of ASME Section XI with Addenda through 2003, as required by 10CFR 50.55a (g)(4)(ii). Note: The nomenclature used at HNP is for the start date and the end date to have the same day of the month.

Inspection Period dates using 3, 7, and 10 calendar years as established by Section XI Codes are:

1st Period 12/31/05 through 12/31/08 2nd Period 12/31/08 through 12/31/12 3rd Period 12/31/12 through 12/31/15 The 1st Period outages are 2R19 (2/2007) and 2R20 (2/2009) using IWA-2430(d)(3)

The 2nd Period has only one outage which is 2R21 (2/2011)

The 3rd Period outages are 2R22 (2/2013) and 2R23 (2/2015)

Class MC Implementation Schedule - Per SER dated April 25, 2005, SNC aligned the IWE inspection interval with the ISI inspection interval. The current 10-year inspection interval began 12/31/2005 and goes through 12/31/2015. All inspections required during the previous containment inspection interval were completed during the previous interval.

Exams required to be performed on an interval frequency will be performed at the same point in time as would be required if the containment inspection interval had not changed.

All other code required exams are required on a period basis. The change of inspection interval will have no impact on the scheduling of these exams.

Table IWC-2412-1 is used for determining the maximum percentages of examinations credited for each period in lieu of the requirements of Tables IWX-2412-1.

Period Minimum Exams Completed Maximum Exams Credited 1st Period 16% 50%

2nd Period 50%** 75%

3rd Period 100% 100%

    • If the first period completion percentage is greater than 34%, then at least 16% of the required examinations must be performed during the 2nd period.

Page 4 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Operating Cycle Lengths Effect on the Scheduling of Examinations IWB-2420 requires that the sequence of component examinations established during the first inspection interval shall be repeated during each successive inspection interval, to the extent practical. HNP-2 originally began operation using a 12 month operating cycle during the first inspection interval. Later in operation, HNP-2 began using an 18 month operating cycle, and beginning with refueling outage 2R17 (3/2003), HNP-2 began using a 24 month cycle. The lengthening of the operating cycle has eliminated refueling outages and, by necessity, examinations have been shifted. Additionally, per NRC Code Case N-624 the sequence of examinations may be modified in a manner that optimizes scaffolding, radiological, insulation removal, or other considerations.

Re-Examination Due To Indication Notification Form Requirements When a Class 1 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWB-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volumetric or surface flaws) or IWB-3142.4 (Analytical Evaluation of relevant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during each of the next three periods. (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWB-2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).

When a Class 2 component is accepted for continued service in accordance with IWC-3122.3 (Analytical Evaluation of volumetric or surface flaws) or IWC-3132.3 (Analytical Evaluation of relevant conditions found during visual examinations), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period. (Per NRC approved Code Case N-526, successive re-examinations per IWC-2420(b) for vessels with subsurface flaws are not required provided the requirements of the Code Case are met).

When a Class 3 component is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWD-3000, the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.

When a component support is accepted for continued service by evaluation in accordance with IWF-3122.2 (acceptance by corrective measures), the area containing the flaws or relevant conditions shall be re-examined during the next period.

SNC uses an Indication Notification Form (INF) to document when components require evaluation to substantiate their integrity for their intended service. The INFs for the 3rd Interval are shown in the following table. A review of the INFs indicates that at the start of the 4th Interval, these are the following components requiring successive examinations:

Page 5 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Spring Can 2N11-MS-H21 - Reported on S05H21009 for 2R18. The site determined that it should be re-examined during 2R19, plus 2R20 and 2R21.

Stabilizer Bracket 2B11/SB4 - Reported on S05H21010. Re-examine the area containing the unacceptable indication during Period 1, 2, and 3 of the 4th Interval.

Table 1 INF Period Outage Applicability Evaluation I97H2001 1 2R13 RPV internals NA for ISI I97H2002 1 2R13 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2001 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2002 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2003 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2004 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2005 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2006 1 2R14 RPV internals NA for ISI I98H2007 1 2R14 Acceptable indications on welded attachments 2E41- No reexamination 2HPCI-20-TD-4PL-1 thru 4. No corrective measures required.

or scope expansion.

I00H2001 2 2R15 IWE Scope NA for ISI I00H2002 2 2R15 IWE Scope NA for ISI I00H2003 2 2R15 RPV internals NA for ISI I00H2004 2 2R15 Corrective measures required for hanger 2E11-RHR- Re-examined during H161. Scope expansion included the two adjacent 2R17 (Period 3).

supports (spring can H162 and snubber R240) plus hanger H193.

I00H2005 2 2R15 Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R240. No reexamination No corrective measures or scope expansion. required.

I00H2006 2 2R15 Thermometer out of calibration. NA for ISI NA for ISI I01H2001 2 2R16 Acceptable condition for support 2E11-RHR-R291. No reexamination No corrective measures or scope expansion. required.

I01H2002 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I01H2003 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I01H2004 2 2R16 RPV internals NA for ISI I03H2001 3 2R17 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21001 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21002 3 2R18 Acceptable condition for 2P41-DSW-R49 No Action Required S05H21003 2 2R18 Acceptable condition for 2E21-CS-R82 No Action Required S05H21004 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21005 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21006 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21007 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI S05H21008 3 2R18 Acceptable Condition for: No Action Required 2B21-MSRV-H22, 2E41-CS-H83, 2E41-HPCI-H70 S05H21009 2 2R18 Adjustment for Spring can 2N11-MS-H21 Re-examine 2R19, 2R20, and 2R21.

S05H21010 1 2R18 Unacceptable PT indication on 2B11/SB4 Re-examine each of the next three periods.

S05H21011 1 2R18 RPV internals NA for ISI Page 6 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 1 CODE CASES Page 7 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Code Cases IWA-2420 requires that inspection plans include Code Cases proposed for use and the extent of their application. Those Code Cases acceptable for use by the NRC are listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147. The latest version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 approved for use by the NRC is published in 10 CFR 50.55a. The version of Regulatory Guide 1.147 published at the beginning of the 4th Interval in 10 CFR 50.55a is Revision 14.

Therefore, at the beginning of the interval, only Revision 14 may be used.

During the 4th Interval the NRC will approve additional revisions of Regulatory Guide 1.147interval. These are the rules that must be followed:

If a Code Case has previously been implemented by HNP and a later version of the Code Case is incorporated by reference into 10 CFR 50.55a and listed Regulatory Guide 1.147 during the 4th interval, it is permissible to use either the later version or the previous version. An exception to this provision would be the inclusion of a limitation or condition on the use of the Code Case which is necessary, for example, to enhance safety.

10 CFR 50.55a requires that when HNP initially implements a Code Case, the most recent version of that Code Case as listed in Regulatory Guide 1.147 must be implemented.

Code Cases may expire or be annulled because the provisions have been incorporated into the Code, the application for which it was specifically developed no longer exists, or experience has shown that an examination or testing method is no longer inadequate. After a Code Case is annulled and 10 CFR 50.55a and Regulatory Guide 1.147 are amended, HNP may not implement that Code Case for the first time.

However, if HNP has implemented the Code Case prior to annulment HNP may continue to use that Code Case through the end of the 4th interval.

Regulatory Guide 1.147 also contains Code Cases that are acceptable provided that they are used with the identified limitations or modifications, i.e., the Code Case is generally acceptable but the NRC has determined that the alternative requirements must be supplemented in order to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety.

These caveats established by the NRC must be used when using the Code Case.

Table 1 lists all Section XI Code Cases that may be used by HNP during the 4th interval, without prior NRC approval. Code Cases currently used or considered for use at HNP are designated by a Yes in Column 3. Use of other Code Cases or revisions to Code Cases requires prior NRC approval per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3).

Page 8 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-307-3 14 YES ISI Revised Ultrasonic Examination Volume for Class 1 Bolting, Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-1, When the Examinations Are Conducted from the End of the Bolt or Stud or from the Center-Drilled Hole N-311 14 NO ISI There are no Steam Generators at HNP.

Alternative Examination of Outlet Nozzle on Secondary Side of Steam Generators.

N-322 14 NO ISI Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 1 Piping at Containment Penetrations N-323-1 14 YES ISI Alternative Examination for Welded Attachments to Pressure Vessels N-334 14 NO ISI Examination Requirements for Integrally Welded or Forged Attachments to Class 2 Piping at Containment Penetrations N-416-3 14 NO R/R N-416-2 is included in the 2003 Addenda Alternative Pressure Test Requirements for Welded Repairs or Installation of and does not require additional NDE per Replacement Items by Welding, Class 1, 2, and 3. the 1992 Edition of Section III N-432-1 NO R/R SNC sites have not used temper bead Repair Welding Using Automatic or Machine Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW) welding and will probably not use in the Temper Bead Technique future.

N-435-1 14 NO ISI In 2003 Addenda Alternative Examination Requirements for Vessels With Wall Thickness 2 in or less N-460 14 YES ISI Alternative Examination Coverage for Class 1 and 2 Welds N-471 14 NO ISI Acoustic Emission for Successive Inspections Page 9 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-481 14 NO ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Cast Austenitic Pump Casings N-485-1 14 NO ISI Eddy Current Examination of Coated Ferritic Surfaces as an Alternative to Surface Examination N-490-1 14 NO Certification In 2003 Addenda Alternative Vision Test Requirements for Nondestructive Examiners N-491-2 14 NO ISI/IWE Use 2003 Addenda Rules for Examination of Class 1, 2, 3, and MC Component Supports N-494-3 14 YES Evaluation May be used if flaws are detected Pipe Specific Evaluation Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Flaws in Class 1 Ferritic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.2 and in Class 1 Austenitic Piping that Exceed the Acceptance Standards of IWB-3514.3 N-496-2 14 NO R/R In 2003 addenda Helical Coil Threaded Inserts N-498-4 14 NO Pressure Use 2003 addenda.

Alternative Requirements for 10-Year System Hydrostatic Testing for Class 1, 2, Testing and 3 Systems.

NRC Condition for use:

Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.

Page 10 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-503 14 NO Certification Use 2003 addenda Limited Certification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel Note: Because of the statistical screening criteria used for Appendix VIII to Section XI qualifications, this Code Case is not applicable to Appendix VIII, Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems N-504-2 14 YES R/R May use if needed.

Alternative Rules for Repair of Class 1, 2, and 3 Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping N-508-2 14 YES R/R Rotation of Serviced Snubbers and Pressure Relief Valves for the Purpose of Testing N-513-1 14 YES Evaluation May use if needed.

Evaluation Criteria for Temporary Acceptance of Flaws in Class 3 Piping NRC Condition for use:

(1) Specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied.

(2) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to:

(a) Components other than pipe and tube (b) Leakage through a gasket (c) Threaded connections employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leakage is not a structural flaw; thread integrity must be maintained)

(d) Degraded socket welds Page 11 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-516-3 14 YES R/R May use if needed.

Underwater Welding,Section XI NRC Condition for use:

Licensees must obtain NRC approval in accordance with 10 CFR 5055a(a)(3) regarding the technique to be used in the weld repair or replacement of irradiated material underwater N-517-1 14 YES R/R May use if needed.

Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Owners NRC Condition for use:

The Owners Quality Assurance (QA) Program that is approved under Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 must address the use of this Code Case and any unique QA requirements identified by the Code Case that are not contained in the owners QA Program description. This would include the activities performed in accordance with this Code Case that are subject to monitoring by the ANI.

N-522 14 NO Pressure Use 2003 Addenda Pressure Testing of Containment Penetration Piping Testing N-523-2 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping N-526 14 YES ISI If subsurface flaws are detected this Code Alternative Requirements for Successive Inspections of Class 1 and 2 Vessels Case may be used.

Page 12 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-528-1 14 YES R/R May use if necessary.

Purchase, Exchange, or Transfer of Material Between Nuclear Plant Sites NRC Condition for use:

The requirements of 10 CFR Part 21 are to be applied to the nuclear plant site supplying the material as well as to the nuclear plant site receiving the material that has been purchased, exchanged, or transferred between sites.

N-532-1 14 YES R/R May use if necessary.

Alternative Requirements to Repair and Replacement Documentation Requirements and Inservice Summary Report Preparation and Submission as Required by IWA-4000 and IWA-6000 NRC Condition for use:

Code Case N-532-1 requires an Owners Activity Report Form OAR-1 to be prepared and certified upon completion of each refueling outage. The OAR-1 forms must be submitted to the NRC within 90 days of the completion of the refueling outage N-533-1 14 YES R/R May use if necessary.

Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Class 1, 2, and 3 Insulated Pressure-Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Condition for use:

Prior to conducting the VT-2 examination, the provisions of IWA-5213, Test Condition Holding Times, 1989 Edition, are to be followed.

N-534 14 NO Pressure In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Pneumatic Pressure Testing Testing Page 13 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-537 14 NO Appendix VIII In 2003 Addenda Location of Ultrasonic Depth-Sizing Flaws,Section XI N-545 14 NO Appendix VIII In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Conduct of Performance Demonstration Detection Test of Reactor Vessel N-546 14 NO Certification In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Qualification of VT-2 Examination NRC Conditions for use:

(1) Qualify examination personnel by test to demonstrate knowledge of Section XI and plant specific procedures for VT-2 visual examination (2) This code case is applicable only to the performance of VT-2 examinations and may not be applied to other VT-2 functions such as verifying the adequacy of procedures and training VT-2 personnel Page 14 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-552 14 YES Appendix VIII Alternative Methods - Qualification for Nozzle Inside Radius Section from the Outside Surface NRC Conditions for use:

To achieve consistency with the 10 CFR 50.55a rule change published September 22, 1999 (64 FR 51370), incorporating Appendix VIII, Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems, to Section XI, add the following to the specimen requirements:

"At least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum mis-orientation must be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.

Add to detection criteria, The number of false calls must not exceed three.

N-553-1 14 NO ISI Inservice Eddy Current Surface Examination of Pressure Retaining Pipe Welds and Nozzle-to-Safe End Welds N-554-2 14 YES R/R May use. Most of the provisions of this Alternative Requirements for Reconciliation of Replacement Items and Addition of code case are in 2003 Addenda.

New Systems NRC Conditions for use:

The component used for repair/replacement must be manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 Page 15 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-557-1 14 NO R/R HNP is a BWR.

In-Place Dry Annealing of a PWR Reactor Vessel NRC Conditions for use:

The secondary stress allowable of 3Sm, shown in Figure 1 of the Code Case, must be applied to the entire primary plus secondary stress range during the anneal N-566-2 14 YES Pressure Corrective Action for Leakage Identified at Bolted Connections Testing N-567-1 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda Alternative Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Replacement Components NRC Conditions for use:

The component used for repair/replacement must have been manufactured, procured, and controlled as a safety-related component under an NRC-approved Quality Assurance program meeting the requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 N-568 14 YES ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Welded Attachments NRC Conditions for use:

This Code Case may only be used for examination of the accessible portions of lugs on piping where riser clamps (i.e., clamps on vertical runs of pipe) obstruct access to welded surfaces Page 16 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-569-1 14 NO R/R HNP does not have Steam Generators.

Alternative Rules for Repair by Electrochemical Deposition of Class 1 and 2 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:

Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Tech Specs. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of the inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in Footnote 2, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.

N-573 14 NO R/R In 2003 Addenda Transfer of Procedure Qualification Records Between Owners N-576-1 14 NO R/R HNP does not have Steam Generators.

Repair of Class 1 and 2 SB-163, UNS N06600 Steam Generator Tubing NRC Conditions for use:

NOTES: Steam generator tube repair methods require prior NRC approval through the Technical Specifications. This Code Case does not address certain aspects of this repair, e.g., the qualification of inspection and plugging criteria necessary for staff approval of the repair method. In addition, if the user plans to "reconcile," as described in the footnote, the reconciliation is to be performed in accordance with IWA-4200 in the 1995 Edition, 1996 Addenda of ASME Section XI.

Page 17 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-583 14 YES Appendix VIII Use 2003 Addenda.

Annual Training Alternative NRC Conditions for use:

(1) Supplemental practice shall be performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from material or welds that contain cracks (2) The training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensees facility N-586 14 YES ISI May be used for root cause scope Alternative Additional Examination Requirements for Class 1, 2, and 3 Piping, expansion in lieu of Code requirements.

Components, and Supports NRC Conditions for use:

The engineering evaluations addressed under Item (a) and the additional examinations addressed under Item (b) shall be performed during this outage. If the additional examinations performed under Item (b) reveal indications exceeding the applicable acceptance criteria of Section XI, the engineering evaluations and the examinations shall be further extended to include additional evaluations and examinations at this outage.

N-588 14 NO Attenuation to Reference Flaw Orientation of Appendix G for Circumferential Welds in reactor vessels.

Page 18 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-592 14 YES Certification ASNT Central Certification Program N-593 14 NO ISI HNP does not have Steam Generators.

Alternative Examination Requirements for Steam Generator Nozzle to Vessel Welds NRC Conditions for use:

Essentially 100 percent (not less than 90 percent) of the examination volume A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H must be inspected.

Page 19 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-597-1 14 NO Evaluation Requirements for Analytical Evaluation of Pipe Wall Thinning NRC Conditions for use:

(1) Code Case must be supplemented by the provisions of EPRI Nuclear Safety Analysis Center Report 202L-R2, April 1999, "Recommendations for an Effective Flow Accelerated Corrosion Program," for developing the inspection requirements, the method of predicting the rate of wall thickness loss, and the value of the predicted remaining wall thickness. As used in NSAC-202L-R2, the terms "should" and "shall" have the same expectation of being completed.

(2) Components affected by flow-accelerated corrosion to which this Code Case are applied must be repaired or replaced in accordance with the construction code of record and Owners requirements or a later NRC approved edition of Section III of the ASME Code prior to the value of tp reaching the allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin, as specified in -3622.1(a)(1) of this Code Case. Alternatively, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval.

(3) For Class 1 piping not meeting the criteria of -3221, the use of evaluation methods and criteria is subject to NRC review and approval.

(4) For those components that do not require immediate repair or replacement, the rate of wall thickness loss is to be used to determine a suitable inspection frequency so that repair or replacement occurs prior to reaching allowable minimum wall thickness, tmin.

(5) For corrosion phenomenon other than flow accelerated corrosion, use of the Code Case is subject to NRC review and approval. Inspection plans and wall thinning rates may be difficult to justify for certain degradation mechanisms such as MIC and pitting Page 20 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-598 14 NO ISI Incorporated into the Code Alternative Requirements to Required Percentages of Examinations N-599 14 NO Certification NA to later editions of the Code.

Alternatives to Qualification of Nondestructive Examination Personnel for Inservice Inspection of Metal (Class MC) and Concrete (Class CC) Containments NRC Conditions for use:

This Code Case may not be used when a licensee updates to the 1992 or later Edition of Section XI that requires the use of ANSI/ASNT CP-189, Standard for Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing Personnel N-600 14 NO R/R May be used if necessary.

Transfer of Welder, Welding Operator, Brazer, and Brazing Operator Qualifications Between Owners N-601 14 NO IWE Extent and Frequency of VT-3 Visual Examination for Inservice Inspection of Metal Containments N-603 14 NO IWL HNP does not have a concrete Alternative to the Requirements of IWL-2421, Sites with Two Plants containment.

N-604 14 NO IWE Alternative to Bolt Torque or Tension Test Requirements of Table IWE-2500-1, Category E-G, Item E8.20 N-605 14 NO IWE Alternative to the Requirements of IWE-2500(b) for Augmented Examination of Surface Areas Page 21 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-606-1 14 NO R/R Not used by SNC.

Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique for BWR CRD Housing/Stub Tube Repairs NRC Conditions for use:

Prior to welding, an examination or verification must be performed to ensure proper preparation of the base metal, and that the surface is properly contoured so that an acceptable weld can be produced. The surfaces to be welded, and surfaces adjacent to the weld, are to be free from contaminants, such as, rust, moisture, grease, and other foreign material or any other condition that would prevent proper welding and adversely affect the quality or strength of the weld. This verification is to be required in the welding procedures.

N-609 14 NO ISI Guidance is used.

Alternative Requirements to Stress-Based Selection Criteria for Category B-J Welds N-613-1 14 YES ISI Ultrasonic Examination of Penetration Nozzles in Vessels, Category B-D, Item Nos. B3.10 and B3.90, Reactor Nozzle-to-Vessel Welds, Figs. IWB-2500-7(a), (b),

and (c).

Page 22 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-616 14 NO Pressure Alternative Requirements for VT-2 Visual Examination of Classes 1, 2, 3 Insulated Testing Pressure Retaining Bolted Connections NRC Conditions for use:

(1) Insulation must be removed for VT-2 examination during the system pressure test for any 17-4 PH stainless steel of 410 stainless steel stud or bolt aged at a temperature below 11000F or with hardness above RC30.

(2) For A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts, the preload must be verified to be below 100 KSI or the thermal insulation must be removed and the joint visually examined.

(3) Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components not required to operate during normal plant operation, a 10 minute holding time is required after attaining test pressure. Prior to conducting the VT-2 of Class 2 and 3 components required to operate during normal plant operation, no holding time is required, provided the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for insulated components or 10 minutes for non-insulated components.

N-617 14 NO ISI HNP does not have Class 3 welds in Alternative Examination Distribution Requirements for Table IWC-2500-1, pumps and valves.

Examination Category C-G, Pressure Retaining Welds in Pumps and Valves Page 23 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-619 14 NO ISI HNP does not have Steam Generators.

Alternative Requirements for Nozzle Inner Radius Inspections for Class 1 Pressurizer and Steam Generator Nozzles NRC Conditions for use:

In lieu of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.

N-623 14 NO ISI Deferral of Inspections of Shell-to-Flange and Head-to-Flange Welds of a Reactor Vessel N-624 14 YES ISI Successive Inspections N-629 14 NO -

Use of Fracture Toughness Test Data to Establish Reference Temperature for Pressure Retaining Materials N-638-1 14 NO R/R Not used by SNC.

Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAW Temper Bead Technique NRC Conditions for use:

UT examinations shall be performed with personnel and procedures qualified for the repaired volume and qualified by demonstration using representative samples which contain construction type flaws. The acceptance criteria of NB-5330 in the 1989 Edition through the 2000 Addenda of Section III apply to all flaws identified within the repaired volume.

Page 24 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-639 14 YES ISI Alternative Calibration Block Material,Section XI NRC Conditions for use:

Chemical ranges of the calibration block may vary from the materials specification if: (1) the calibration block material is produced under an accepted industry specification or standard, and (2) the phase and grain shape are maintained in the same ranges produced by the thermal process required by the material specification N-640 14 NO -

Alternative Reference Fracture Toughness for Development of P-T Limit Curves N-641 14 NO -

Alternative Pressure-Temperature Relationship and Low Temperature Overpressure Protection System Requirements N-643 14 NO -

Fatigue Crack Growth Rate Curves for Ferritic Steels in PWR Water Environment N-647 14 NO IWE Alternative to Augmented Examination Requirements of IWE-2500 NRC Conditions for use:

A VT-1 examination is to be used in lieu of the detailed visual examination.

(Note: Draft Regulatory Guide DG-1070, Sampling Plans Used for Dedicating Simple Metallic Commercial Grade Items for Use in Nuclear Power Plants, is being developed to provide acceptable guidelines for sampling criteria.)

Page 25 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

N-648-1 14 YES ISI Alternative Requirements for Inner Radius Examination of Class 1 Reactor Vessel Nozzles NRC Conditions for use:

In place of a UT examination, licensees may perform a visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria of Table IWB-3512-1 with limiting assumptions on the flaw aspect ratio. The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, continue to apply except that, in place of examination volumes, the surfaces to be examined are the external surfaces shown in the figures applicable to this table.

N-649 14 NO IWE Alternative Requirements for IWE-5240 Visual Examination N-651 14 NO R/R Temper Bead Welding Ferritic and Dissimilar Metal Welding Using SMAW Temper Bead Technique Without Removing the Weld Bead Crown for the First Layer.

N-652 14 NO ISI Use 2003 Addenda.

Alternative Requirements to Categorize B-G-1, B-G-2, and C-D Bolting Exam Methods and Selection Criteria.

N-658 14 YES Appendix VIII Qualification Requirements for UT Examination of Wrought Austenitic Piping Welds.

N-660 14 NO ISI HNP does not use Risk-Informed Safety Risk-Informed Safety Classification for Use in Risk-Informed Repair/Replacement Classifications.

Activities NRC Conditions for use:

Page 26 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION Table 1 NRC Approved Code Cases Code Cases Rev Used at Applicability Comments HNP?

The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports.

N-661 14 NO R/R Alternative Requirements for Wall Thickness Restoration of Class 2 and 3 Carbon Steel Piping for Raw Water Service NRC Conditions for use:

(a) If the root cause of the degradation has not been determined, the repair is only acceptable for one cycle.

(b) Weld overlay repair of an area can only be performed once in the same location.

(c) When through-wall repairs are made by welding on surfaces that are wet are exposed to water, the weld overlay repair is only acceptable until the next refueling outage.

N-662 14 NO R/R Alternate Repair/Replacement Requirements for Items Classified in Accordance with Risk-Informed Processes.

NRC Conditions for use:

The Code Case must be applied only to ASME Code Class 2 and 3, and non-Code Class pressure retaining components and their associated supports.

N-663 14 YES ISI Alternative Examination Requirements for Class 1 and 2 Surface Examinations N-664 14 YES Appendix VIII Performance Demonstration Requirements for Exam of Unclad RPV Welds, Excluding Flange Welds N-695 14 YES Appendix VIII Qualification Requirements for Dissimilar Metal Piping Welds Page 27 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 2 ALTERNATIVES AND EXCEPTIONS TO THE RULE Page 28 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION LISTING OF ALTERNATIVES AND EXEMPTIONS Number Description

Allows alignment of MC interval with ISI interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05.

ISI-ALT-1 Allows use of PDI for Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld (Item B1.30) and head-to-flange weld (Item B1.40). Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06.

ISI-ALT-2 Allows the continuation of the marking system used during the 3rd Interval. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

ISI-ALT-3 Allows continuation of VIP-075 in lieu of Code scheduling requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05.

ISI-ALT-4 This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-36, which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

ISI-ALT-5 Allow performance of 10-year leakage test with drain line valves in closed position.

Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

ISI-ALT-6 This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR-03-01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10. Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

ISI-ALT-7 Allows the performance of an above ground visual examination in lieu of a pressure

  • Withdrawn* decay or change in flow test for buried piping.

ISI-EX-1 The 10CFR50.55a exemption allows a General Visual in lieu of performing a VT-3 of the non-submerged portion of the vent system. Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06.

Page 29 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL Docket Nos.: 50-321 50-348 50-424 NL-04-1475 50-366 50-364 50-425 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555-0001 Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant Vogtle Electric Generating Plant 10 CFR 50.55a Exemption Request Alignment of IWE / IWL Inspection Program Interval with Corresponding Plant ISI Program Intervals Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3), Southern Nuclear Operating Company (SNC) is requesting an exemption from the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(vi) which requires successive 120-month inspection interval updates in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(ii) subject to Commission approval as provided in 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(iv).

On August 8, 1996, the NRC issued a rulemaking (61 FR 41303) requiring licensees to implement the first period of IWE and IWL inservice examinations by September 9, 2001.

Therefore, using Table IWE-2412-1 of the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of the ASME Section XI Code, the current Class MC and Class CC interval start and end dates for all SNC nuclear plants were determined to be September 10, 1998, and September 9, 2008, respectively.

These start and end dates do not coincide with any of SNCs Class 1, 2, and 3 inservice inspection (ISI) program intervals which are January 1, 1996, through December 31, 2005, for the Edwin I.

Hatch Nuclear Plant (HNP) Units 1 and 2; May 31, 1997, through May 30, 2007, for the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 1 and 2; December 1, 1997, through November 30, 2007, for the Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plant (FNP) Unit 1; and July 30, 2001, through July 20, 2011 for FNP Unit 2. With this request, SNC proposes to change each of the current HNP Class MC and VEGP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the corresponding plants Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of each corresponding plant. In addition, SNC proposes to change each of the FNP Class MC and Class CC inspection intervals to be consistent with the FNP Unit 1 Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval. These Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval updates will be performed concurrently with the next Class 1, 2, and 3 ISI program interval update of FNP Unit 1. These changes will result in a reduction in length of each plants first and current Class MC and Class CC inspection program interval. This submittal requests NRC approval as an alternative to the regulations pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) in that compliance with the specified requirements of this section would result in hardship or unusual difficulty without a compensating increase in the level of quality and safety.

Page 30 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL In Federal Register Notice, Volume 67, Number 187, dated September 26, 2002, the NRC stated that they agreed with licensee comments that the final rule, dated August 8, 1996, creates a hardship when implementing 120-month interval updates required by 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4)(ii). The final rule required licensees to implement an ISI program for Class MC and Class CC components using the 1992 Edition with the 1992 Addenda of IWE and IWL.

Consequently, the schedule for 120-month interval updates for the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components does not coincide. This creates a hardship because ISI programs are required to maintain two separate editions and addenda of Section XI, i.e., one edition applicable to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and another edition and addenda applicable to the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. The NRC also stated in the Federal Register Notice that licensees may wish to synchronize 120-month interval updates such that the same edition and addenda of Section XI apply to the ISI of Class MC and Class CC components and the ISI of Class 1, 2, and 3 components. It was further indicated that licensees wishing to synchronize their 120-month intervals may submit a request in accordance with 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3) to obtain authorization to extend or reduce 120-month intervals.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company agrees with the NRC assessment and it is SNCs position that concurrently updating the IWE and IWL inspection programs with the ISI program for each plant will result in a more comprehensive examination being achieved, enhancing the possibility of detecting a generic problem and will reduce the costs involved with maintaining two separate code versions should the use of different code versions be required. In addition, use of the same edition and addenda of the code for each program would help prevent possible errors associated with maintaining separate programs with different requirements.

The remaining examinations for each of the current IWE and IWL inspection program intervals will correspond with the method required by the edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the applicable SNC plants updated ISI program and will be performed using the requirements of this edition and addenda in the sequence previously established by the current IWE and IWL inspection program interval. Where the requirements of the latest edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code adopted by the ISI program cannot be met, relief will be requested from the NRC through the formal relief request process addressed in 10 CFR 50.55a.

Any such relief requests will be submitted to the NRC in the updated ISI programs for each plant.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company requests NRC concurrence with SNCs request to align each of the IWE / IWL inspection program intervals with the corresponding plants ISI 120-month program interval. The proposed early updated IWE / IWL inspection program intervals are January 1, 2006, through December 31, 2015, for HNP Units 1 and 2; May 31, 2007, through May 30, 2017, for VEGP Units 1 and 2; and December 1, 2007, through November 30, 2017, for FNP Units 1 and 2. The early updates will be documented in each plants IWE and IWL Programs. NRC approval is requested by October 15, 2005.

Page 31 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION REQUEST TO ALIGN MC INTERVAL WITH ISI INTERVAL This letter contains no NRC commitments. If you have any questions, please advise.

Sincerely, Jeffrey T. Gasser JTG/DRG/daj cc: Southern Nuclear Operating Company Mr. L. M. Stinson, Vice President - Plant Farley Mr. H. L. Sumner, Jr., Vice President - Plant Hatch Mr. D. E. Grissette, General Manager - Plant Farley Mr. G. R. Frederick, General Manager - Plant Hatch Mr. W. F. Kitchens, General Manager - Plant Vogtle RType: CFA04.054; CHA02.004; CVC7000; LC# 14135 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Dr. W. D. Travers, Regional Administrator Mr. S. E. Peters, NRR Project Manager - Farley Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Hatch Mr. C. Gratton, NRR Project Manager - Vogtle Mr. C. A. Patterson, Senior Resident Inspector - Farley Mr. D. S. Simpkins, Senior Resident Inspector - Hatch Mr. G. J. McCoy, Senior Resident Inspector - Vogtle Note: Approved by NRC SE dated 4/25/05.

Page 32 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.

Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 for Approval and (scheduled for February 2006).

Basis:

ASME Code Category B-A, reactor pressure vessel (RPV) shell-to-flange weld C-1 (Item B1.30) and Components head-to-flange weld HC-2 (Item B1.40).

Affected:

Applicable Code Fourth interval examinations will be performed per the requirements of ASME Section XI, Edition and 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda, as amended by 10 CFR 50.55a.

Addenda:

The NRC amended the use of the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda in paragraph 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv), which states, The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of the ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited. Therefore, when referencing Appendix VIII, licensees are limited to using the 2001 Code; however, other references apply to the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.

Applicable Code These welds are currently required to be examined per Appendix I, I-2100(b) of the 2001 Requirements: Edition of ASME Section XI through the 2003 Addenda, which requires that the examination be conducted in accordance with Article 4 of Section V, except that alternative beam angles may be used. Additionally, there is a requirement to supplement the Section V examinations with Table I-2000-1. Section T-472.1 of the 2001 Edition of Section V with the 2003 Addenda defines the ultrasonic scanning criteria for the examination of reactor vessel-to-flange welds and closure head-to-flange welds. These are:

(T-472.1.1) The beam angle shall be appropriate for the configuration being examined and that the beam angle shall be capable of detecting the calibration reflectors, over the required angle beam paths.

(T472.1.2) When scanning for reflectors parallel to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed at approximate right angles to the weld axis from both sides of the weld (i.e.,

from two directions) on the same surface when possible. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material.

(T-472.1.3) When scanning for reflectors transverse (perpendicular) to the weld seam, the angle beam shall be directed essentially parallel to the weld axis. The search unit shall be manipulated so that the ultrasonic energy passes through the required volume of weld and adjacent base material. The search unit shall be rotated 180 degrees and the examination repeated.

Page 33 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

(T-472.2) Welds that cannot be fully examined from two directions using the angle beam techniques shall also be examined if possible with a straight beam technique.

(T-472.3) Welds that cannot be examined from at least one side (edge) using the angle beam technique shall be noted in the examination report. For flange welds, the weld may be examined with a straight beam or low angle longitudinal waves from the flange surface provided the examination volume can be covered.

Reason for 10 CFR 50.55a required that ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 4, Qualification Request: Requirements For The Clad/Base Metal Interface of Reactor Vessel, and Supplement 6, Qualification Requirements For Reactor Vessel Welds Other Than Clad/Base Metal Interface, be implemented for most of the RPV welds by November 22, 2000. However, the RPV shell-to-flange weld and head-to-flange weld examinations were not included in this requirement. The use of this alternative will allow the use of Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) qualified procedures to perform the examination of these welds in lieu of Article 4 of Section V requirements.

Proposed Proposed Alternative Alternative and Basis for Use: In lieu of Article 4 of Section V angle beam examination, SNC proposes to use an angle beam examination that will be performed using examination procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplements 4 and 6, as amended by the conditions set forth in 10 CFR 50.55a. Examination of each weld is described below:

C Vessel-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws from the outside of the vessel using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave; however, the curvature of the flange surface above the weld will limit transducer travel such that examinations can only be performed from the shell side. Additionally, the refueling bellows prevents examinations from being performed from the vertical portion of the flange surface located directly above the curvature. The projected single side coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld.

Since the examination will be from a single side, the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) apply. Therefore, examinations will be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations.

(To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined).

Examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed as follows:

Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1), the clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal directions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.

Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2), if the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the Page 34 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement 6.

Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.

Per 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3), the examination volume not addressed by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction, using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.

HC Closure Head-To-Flange Weld The Section XI required examination volume will be scanned for flaws using a 60-degree refracted longitudinal wave. Examinations will be performed from both the head and flange side of the weld; however, the short distance from the weld to the flange limits the examination on the flange side of weld. Scanning will be performed in four orthogonal directions to the extent practical with the projected coverage for flaws located parallel to the weld. This weld is not clad; therefore, the examination of the Section XI required volume will be performed using procedures, personnel, and equipment qualified through the PDI process in accordance with Appendix VIII, Supplement 6, as modified by 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), and other applicable paragraphs.

Basis for Use Appendix VIII requirements were developed to ensure the effectiveness of UT examinations within the nuclear industry by means of a rigorous, item-specific performance demonstration.

The performance demonstration (through PDI) was conducted on RPV mockups containing flaws of various size and allocations. The demonstration established the capability of equipment, procedures, and personnel to find flaws that could be detrimental to the integrity of the RPV. The performance demonstration showed that for the detection of flaws in RPV welds, the UT techniques were equal to or surpassed the requirements of the Section V, Article 4 of the ASME Code. Additionally, the PDI qualified sizing techniques is considered to be more accurate than the techniques used in Article 4 of Section V.

Although Appendix VIII is not required for the RPV shell-to-flange weld and RPV head-to-flange weld, the use of Appendix VIII criteria for detection and sizing of flaws in these welds will be equal to or will exceed the requirements established by Article 4 of Section V.

Therefore, the use of this proposed alternative will continue to provide an acceptable level of quality and safety, and approval is requested pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).

Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval, extending from Proposed January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Alternative:

Precedents: NA Page 35 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-1, VERSION 3.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

References:

None Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 1/3/06.

Page 36 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support 4th interval examinations performed for Approval: during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2005).

ASME Code Components All welds and areas in the ISI Program that are subject to surface or volumetric examination.

Affected:

Applicable Code Edition and ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.

Addenda:

IWA-2610 requires that a reference system be established for all welds and areas subject to Applicable Code surface or volumetric examination. The system shall permit identification of each weld, Requirements: location of each weld centerline, and designation of regular intervals along the length of the weld.

This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-10. RR-10 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes Reason for to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Request: Evaluation conclusions.

See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-10.

It is proposed that in lieu of marking all of the welds as required by the Code, each weld undergoing a surface or volumetric examination will receive the Code required reference markings and identification, as the examinations are being performed.

For an operating plant, establishing a weld reference system for all welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination is a major effort and, in some cases, is prohibitive due to inaccessibility and/or high radiation areas. To establish a comprehensive weld reference system for all of the welds and areas subject to volumetric or surface examinations in accordance with Proposed the Code requirements would require many man-hours of work and many man-rem of exposure Alternative and to locate the welds, remove the insulation, mark the welds, and re-install the insulation. Since Basis for Use: only a small percentage of welds are normally examined, the majority of the welds that would be marked per the Code requirement would never receive an inservice examination. To require the marking all of the welds and areas subject to surface or volumetric examination in an operating plant environment, even though most will not require examination, would result in a hardship without a compensating increase in quality and safety.

Marking the welds that are receiving an examination will provide assurance, that when performing subsequent examinations, that the correct weld is being re-examined and that recorded indications can be correlated with previous data. Not marking the welds which are not Page 37 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-2, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) receiving examinations, will have little, if any, affect on safety and quality at Plant Hatch; therefore, approval of this request per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(ii) should be granted.

Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval (January 1, 2006 Proposed through December 31, 2015).

Alternative:

Precedents: This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-10.

SNC letter dated October 17, 1995 submitting RR-10.

References:

RR-10 was approved for 3rd Interval by NRC TAC number M93918 and M93919 dated June 16, 1997.

Status: Approved by NRC SE date 11/09/05.

Page 38 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during 1R22 for Approval: (scheduled for February 2006).

ASME Code All high alloy steel welds (e.g., stainless) and high nickel alloy welds (e.g., Inconel) covered by Components the augmented requirements of NUREG-0313 and Generic Letter 88-01.

Affected:

Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.

Edition and Addenda:

Applicable Code IWB-2412 requires examinations to be completed in accordance with Table IWB-2412-1, except Requirements: for the examinations that may be deferred until the end of the inspection interval. Table IWB-2412-1 defines a minimum and maximum number of examinations to be performed each inspection period.

IWC-2430 provides scope expansion rules when flaws exceed the acceptance standards of Table IWC-3410-1.

IWB-2500 requires components to be examined as specified in Table IWB-2500-1. The Extent and Frequency of Examination requires that all Category B-F welds be examined and that a minimum of 25% of Category B-J welds be examined over the ten-year ISI interval.

Reason for This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-39. RR-39 was Request: based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions.

See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-39.

Proposed It is proposed to use the schedules and frequencies specified in the BWRVIP-75 (Technical Basis Alternative and for Revisions to Generic Letter 88-01 Inspection Schedules) in lieu of the above listed Code Basis for Use: requirements when examining high alloy steel welds and high nickel alloy welds. The Examination Method listed in Table IWB-2500-1 is not affected by this request.

By letter dated May 14, 2002 the NRC issued their Final Safety Evaluation of BWRVIP-75. In that Safety Evaluation, the NRC staff concluded that, licensee implementation of the guidelines of BWRVIP-75 report, as modified, will provide an acceptable level of quality for inspection of the safety-related components. Additionally, the NRC concluded that, the revised BWRVIP-75 guidance is acceptable for licensee referencing at the technical basis for relief from, or as an alternative to, the ASME Code and 10 CFR 50.55a, in order to use the sample schedules and Page 39 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-3, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) frequencies specified in the revised BWRVIP-75 report that are less than those required by the ASME Code.

SNC concludes that the use of BWRVIP-75 as defined by the NRC Final Safety Evaluation in lieu of the above specified requirements, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety.

Therefore, approval should be granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).

Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.

Proposed Alternative:

Precedents: This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-39.

References:

SNC letter dated March 29, 2004 submitting RR-39.

Approval for RR-39 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated January 7, 2005 - TAC numbers MC2383 and MC2384.

Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 12/22/05.

Page 40 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.

Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed for Approval and during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).

Basis ASME Code Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix Components VIII, Supplement 11, examination (weld overlay examinations).

Affected:

Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4th Interval Edition and Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix Addenda: VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.

Applicable Code The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Appendix Requirements: VIII, Supplement 11. For example, paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) requires that at least 20% but less than 40% of the flaws shall be oriented within +20 degrees of the pipe axial direction. Paragraph 1.1(e)(1) also requires that the rules of IWA-3300 shall be used to determine whether closely spaced flaws should be treated as single or multiple flaws. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) requires that a base grading unit shall include at least 3 in. of the length of the overlaid weld. Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(1) requires that a overlay grading unit shall include the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface of at least 6 sq. in. The overlay grading unit shall be rectangular, with minimum dimensions of 2 in. Paragraph 3.2(b) requires that all extensions of base metal cracking into the overlay material by at least 0.1 in. are reported as being intrusions into the overlay material.

Reason for This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-36, Request: which allowed SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements. RR-36 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 11 while this 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 11. However, a review of two Code indicated that there are no substantive differences between them.

Since RR-36 was submitted to the NRC, several changes have been made to the PDI program. These changes were made as a part of a continuing enhancement process to address issues raised by nuclear utility personnel and the NRC.

For review purposes, a comparison between Supplement 11 of the 2001 Edition of Section XI and the current PDI program is provided. Wording in this comparison is the same wording that was provided in a similar comparison for RR-36, except that the changes made to the PDI program, since the issuance of RR-36, have been included and are highlighted in Bold. (Note: The comparison with Code Case N-663 which was previously provided in RR-36 was omitted).

Page 41 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-36.

Proposed In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Alternative Supplement 11, the requirements of the PDI Program will be used. Major differences and Basis for between 2001 Edition Appendix VIII requirements and PDI Program requirements are Use: discussed below.

Paragraph 1.1(d)(1), requires that all base metal flaws be cracks. As illustrated below, implanting a crack requires excavation of the base material on at least one side of the flaw. While this may be satisfactory for ferritic materials, it does not produce a useable axial flaw in austenitic materials because the sound beam, which normally passes only through base material, must now travel through weld material on at least one side, producing an unrealistic flaw response. To resolve this issue, the PDI program revised this paragraph to allow use of alternative flaw mechanisms under controlled conditions. For example, alternative flaws shall be limited to when implantation of cracks precludes obtaining an effective ultrasonic response, flaws shall be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.002 inches, and at least 70 percent of the flaws in the detection and sizing test shall be cracks and the remainder shall be alternative flaws.

Excavation Mechanical fatigue crack area in Base material Relief is requested to allow closer spacing of flaws provided they didnt interfere with detection or discrimination. The existing specimens used to date for qualification to the Tri-party (NRC/BWROG/EPRI) agreement have a flaw population density greater than allowed by the current Code requirements. These samples have been used successfully for all previous qualifications under the Tri-party agreement program.

To facilitate their use and provide continuity from the Tri-party agreement program to Supplement 11, the PDI Program has merged the Tri-party test specimens into their weld overlay program. For example: the requirement for using IWA-3300 for proximity flaw evaluation in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded, instead indications will be sized based on their individual merits; paragraph 1.1(d)(1) includes the statement that intentional overlay fabrication flaws shall not interfere with ultrasonic detection or characterization of the base metal flaws; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) was modified to require that a base metal grading unit include at least 1 in. of the length of the overlaid weld, rather than 3 inches; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(3) was modified to require sufficient unflawed overlaid weld and base metal to exist on all sides of the grading unit to preclude interfering reflections from adjacent flaws, rather than the I inch requirement of Supplement 11; paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(l) was modified to define an overlay fabrication grading unit as including the overlay material and the base metal-to-overlay interface for a length of at least 1 in, rather than the 6 sq. in.

requirement of Supplement 11; and paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(b)(2) states that overlay fabrication grading units designed to be unflawed shall be separated by unflawed Page 42 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) overlay material and unflawed base metal-to-overlay interface for at least 1 in. at both ends, rather than around its entire perimeter.

Additionally, the requirement for axially oriented overlay fabrication flaws in paragraph 1.1(e)(1) was excluded from the PDI Program as an improbable scenario.

Weld overlays are typically applied using automated gas tungsten arc welding techniques with the filler metal being applied in a circumferential direction. Because resultant fabrication induced discontinuities would also be expected to have major dimensions oriented in the circumferential direction axial overlay fabrication flaws are unrealistic.

The PDI Program revised paragraph 2.0 allowing the overlay fabrication and base metal flaw tests to be performed separately. The requirement in paragraph 3.2(b) for reporting all extensions of cracking into the overlay is omitted from the PDI Program because it is redundant to the RMS calculations performed in paragraph 3.2(c) and its presence adds confusion and ambiguity to depth sizing as required by paragraph 3.2(c). This also makes the weld overlay program consistent with the Supplement 2 depth sizing criteria.

In Paragraph 1.1(e)(2)(a)(1) the phrase and base metal on both sides, was inadvertently included in the description of a base metal grading unit. The PDI program intentionally excludes this requirement because some of the qualification samples include flaws on both sides of the weld.

To avoid confusion several instances of the term cracks or cracking were changed to the term flaws because of the use of alternative flaw mechanisms.

Additionally, to avoid confusion, the overlay thickness tolerance contained in paragraph 1.1(b) last sentence, was reworded and the phrase and the remainder shall be alternative flaws was added to the next to last sentence in paragraph 1.1(d)(1). Additional editorial changes were made to the PDI program to address an earlier NRC RAI.

PDI and the NRC have worked closely to reach agreement on the criteria related to the subject examination requirements and both agree that the PDI program is an acceptable alternative to Appendix VIII, Supplement 11. Compliance with the PDI program will provide an adequate level of quality and safety for examination of the affected welds (i.e., weld overlay repairs). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i), SNC requests approval to use the PDI program, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 11 requirements.

Duration of Proposed The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.

Alternative:

Page 43 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-4, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Precedents: This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-36.

References:

SNC letter dated January 18, 2002 submitting RR-36.

Approval for RR-36 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated January 14, 2003 - TAC numbers MB3875 and MB3876.

Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

Page 44 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during for Approval: 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).

ASME Code Approximately 50 (per unit), small diameter ( 1 inch), Class 1, reactor coolant system Components (RCS) pressure boundary vent and drain connections.

Affected:

Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda.

Edition and Addenda:

Applicable Code IWB-5222 (b) requires that the pressure retaining boundary during the system leakage test Requirements: conducted at or near the end of each inspection interval extend to all Class 1 pressure retaining components within the system boundary.

This alternative is a re-submittal of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request RR-17. RR-Reason for 17 was based on the 1989 Edition of Section XI (no addenda) while this 4th interval Request: request is based on the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda; however, there have been no substantive changes to this alternative, to the Code requirements or to the basis for use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusions. (See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-17).

SNC believes that there are potential personnel safety and ALARA issues associated with pressurizing these connections. These issues are as follows:

1. Pressure testing these connections to the outboard valve requires the inboard isolation valves to be opened and subjects the valves and piping to RCS nominal operating pressure and near operating temperature. Opening the inboard valve at these conditions is contradictory to the requirement for double isolation of the RCS and thus creates the possibility for safety concerns for personnel performing visual examination of the connections.
2. Performing the test with the inboard valves open requires several man-hours to position the valves for the test and then to restore them after the test is complete. All of these valves are located in close proximity of the RCS main loop piping thus requiring personnel entry into high radiation areas within the containment. Based on estimates from Operations Department and Health Physics department personnel and previous outage data, it was previously estimated for Relief Request 17, that the dose associated with valve alignment and realignment would be approximately 1.6 man-Rem per test.
3. Since this test would be performed near the end of an outage, when all RCS work has been completed, the time required to open and then close these vent/drain valves could Page 45 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) impact the outage schedule.

Proposed It is proposed that the 10-year Class 1 System Leakage Test be performed with the subject Alternative and vent and drain valves in the closed position. These connections are equipped with manual Basis for Use: valves which provide for double isolation of the reactor coolant system (RCS) pressure boundary. These valves are generally maintained closed during normal operation; therefore, the piping outboard of the first isolation valve is not normally pressurized. The proposed alternative provides reasonable assurance that the structural integrity of the Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary will be maintained, based on the following:

1. ASME Section XI Code, paragraph IWA-4540, provides the requirements for hydrostatic pressure testing of piping and components after repairs by welding to the pressure boundary. IWA-4540(b)(6) excludes component connections, piping, and associated valves that are 1 inch nominal pipe size and smaller from the hydrostatic pressure test requirement after welded repairs. Therefore, requiring a leakage test and visual examination of these 1 inch diameter RCS vent/drain connections once each 10-year interval is unwarranted considering that a repair weld on the same connections is exempted by the ASME XI Code.
2. The non-isolable portion of the RCS vent and drain connections will be pressurized and visually examined as required. Only the isolable portion of these small diameter vent and drain connections will not pressurized.
3. A typical vent/drain connection includes two manual valves separated by a short pipe nipple which is connected to the RCS via another short pipe nipple and a half coupling. All connections are typically socket-welded and the welds received a surface examination after installation. The piping and valves are nominally heavy wall (Sch. 160 pipe and 6000# valve bodies). The vents and drains are not subjected to high stresses or cyclic loads, and the design ratings are significantly greater than RCS operating or design pressure.
4. The Technical Specifications (TS) require RCS leakage monitoring (TS 3.4.4 and 3.4.5) during normal operation. Should any of the TS limits be exceeded, then appropriate corrective actions, which may include shutting the plant down, are required to identify the source of the leakage and restore the RCS boundary integrity.

As shown above, the proposed alternative will provide reasonable assurance that structural integrity is being maintained. Additionally, imposition of the Code requirements would cause a burden that would not be compensated for by an increase in quality and safety.

Therefore, the proposed alternative should be granted pursuant to 10CFR50.55a(a)(3)(ii).

Duration of The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.

Proposed Alternative:

Page 46 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-5, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Precedents: This was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-17.

References:

SNC letter HL-5583 dated February 27, 1998 submitting RR-17.

Approval for RR-17 was granted for the 3rd Interval by NRC letter dated September 3, 1998 - TAC numbers MA2118 and MA2119.

Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

Page 47 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.

Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2005 to support examinations performed for Approval and during 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006).

Basis ASME Code Class 1, Pressure Retaining Welds in Piping, subject to ASME Section XI, Appendix Components VIII, Supplement 10, examination (dissimilar metal weld examinations).

Affected:

ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda is the overall 4th Interval Applicable Code Code of Record. However, 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv) prohibits the use of Appendix Edition and VIII and Supplements to Appendix VIII of the 2002 Addenda through the 2003 Addenda:

Addenda; therefore, the 2001 Edition is used.

Applicable Code The Code requirements for which relief is requested are all contained within Requirements: Appendix VIII, Supplement 10.

This alternative is a re-submittal of applicable portions of NRC approved 3rd interval relief request GR-03-01, which allows SNC to use the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) Program in lieu of Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements. GR 01 was based on the 1995 Edition with 1996 Addenda of Supplement 10 while this new 4th interval request is based on the 2001 Edition of Supplement 10.

GR-03-01 listed eleven items where PDI differed from the 1995 Code with 1996 Reason for Addenda; however, ten of these items were subsequently incorporated into the 2001 Request: Edition of the Code. However, Item 11 which addressed modifications to Table VIII-S2-1 was not incorporated into the 2001 Edition; therefore, approval to continue to use the PDI modified version of Table VIII-S2-1 is needed.

There have been no substantive changes to the Code requirements or to the Basis for Use which would alter the previous NRC Safety Evaluation conclusion.

See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-GR-03-01.

In lieu of the requirements of ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10, Table VIII-S2-1 requirements, the marked-up table shown below will be used.

Proposed Alternative Table VIII-S2-1 was revised to reflect the reduced number of unflawed grading units and Basis for and allowable false calls. As a part of ongoing Section XI Code activities, Pacific Use: Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) reviewed the statistical significance of these revisions and offered the modified table.

Page 48 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) 10 15 2 17 3 18 3 20 3 21 3 23 3 24 4 26 4 27 4 29 4 30 5 The NRC staff has previously determined that the above proposed alternative to Supplement 10, as administered by the EPRI-PDI Program, will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i),

SNC requests approval to use alternative, in lieu of the ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Supplement 10 requirements.

Duration of Proposed The proposed alternative is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Interval.

Alternative:

Page 49 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-6, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Precedents: This request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as GR-03-01.

SNC letter NL-03-0596 dated May 14, 2003 submitting GR-03-01.

References:

Approval for GR-03-01 was granted for the 3rd interval by NRC letter dated August 6, 2003 - TAC numbers MB9023 and MB9024.

Status: Approved by NRC SE dated 11/09/05.

Page 50 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2.

Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval, January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by December 1, 2006 to support examinations for Approval and Basis required during the 1st Period of the 4th Interval.

ASME Code Components Class 3 Buried Piping Affected:

Applicable Code Edition and ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Addenda:

IWA-5244(b)(1) requires either a pressure loss test or a test that determines the change in flow between the ends of the buried Applicable Code Requirements: components for isolable sections of buried piping. The acceptable rate of pressure loss or flow shall be established by the Owner.

Sections of Plant Service Water (PSW) and Residual Heat Removal Service Water (RHRSW) System buried piping were not designed with consideration for isolation valves adequate for performing a pressure loss type test or instrumentation adequate for measuring changes in flow between the ends of the buried piping.

The PSW and RHRSW Systems both contain large diameter buried piping (30 PSW and 18 RHRSW) that runs from the River Intake Structure to the Reactor Building which is > 1000 feet in length. The subject piping design did not provide for isolation valves that are capable of supporting a pressure loss type test considering the volume of Reason for Request:

the piping and the available capacity of test pumps. The system isolation valves were only intended to provide isolation for maintenance activities with only static system pressure.

PSW was designed with a single flow indicator located at the discharge of each pump and RHRSW was only designed with a single flow indicator per train located near the RHR Heat Exchanger. Therefore, the installed instrumentation is inadequate for measuring the flow difference at each end of the buried piping. The use of Ultrasonic Flow Instrumentation was considered, but the piping configurations do not provide for the straight runs of piping required for accurate flow measurement.

Page 51 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i)

The accident analysis requires a PSW flow rate of 4,428 gpm and a RHRSW flow rate of 4,000 gpm. Both the PSW and RHRSW systems include four pumps each with two pumps designated to each of two independent trains. The PSW pumps have a design flow rate of 8,500 gpm and the RHRSW pumps have a design flow rate of 4,000 gpm.

Therefore, to meet accident analysis requirements, only one pump per train is required for both PSW and RHRSW. Therefore, each of the independent trains of both systems can accommodate a large leak and still satisfy the accident analysis requirements.

IWA-5244(b)(1) requires the Owner to establish the acceptance criteria for the buried piping test. Since there is no industry guidance for acceptance criteria, SNC considered that the allowable ASME OM Code instrument accuracy for pump Inservice Testing should be adequate.

The ASME OM Code requires flow instruments with a calibration accuracy of +/-2%. This would allow for a leak of 89 gpm for PSW (i.e.,

2% of required accident flow) and 80 gpm for RHRSW (i.e., 2% of required accident flow) which seems reasonable for assuring the integrity of the buried piping. Each of the PSW and RHRSW pumps are tested in accordance with the sites IST Program on a quarterly frequency. The PSW pumps are tested at a flow rate of > 6,000 gpm and the RHRSW pumps are tested at 4,000 gpm. Each pump test requires approximately thirty-minutes to perform. Therefore, using the 2%

acceptance criteria, PSW could experience a leak of > 2,600 gallons and RHRSW a leak of 2,400 gallons, and still complete a successful pressure test. Previous plant experience with leaks in non-safety related buried piping indicates that leaks much less than these are more readily identified by visual observation of the surrounding ground surface area.

At least one PSW pump is required to be in operation at all times during normal plant power operation. At least one RHRSW pump is required to be in operation for extended periods of time at the beginning and end of each refueling outage. Therefore, both systems are inservice for extended periods of time and leaks even smaller than those discussed above would be readily identified by plant personnel performing routine rounds inspections.

SNC proposes to perform visual examination of the ground surface area immediately above each buried section of PSW and RHRSW annually Proposed in lieu of performing the test required by IWA-5244(b)(1). The visual Alternative and Basis for examinations will be performed only after the subject piping has been in Use: operation at nominal operating conditions for a minimum of 24-hours.

The ASME Section XI code only requires a pressure test once each period (40-months). Additionally, Operations personnel will be Page 52 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY (SNC)

ISI-ALT-7, VERSION 1.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i) instructed to be observant of standing water or moist ground above the buried piping during daily routine rounds which are performed at least once per shift (12-hours).

Specific annual visual examinations in conjunction with daily Operator observations will provide adequate detection of any leaks in buried PSW or RHRSW piping in adequate time to perform corrective actions.

These visual examinations provide an adequate level of quality and safety; therefore, are acceptable per 10 CFR 50.55a(a)(3)(i).

Duration of The 4th ISI Interval beginning January 1, 2006 and ending December 31, Proposed Alternative: 2015.

Precedents: None.

References:

None.

Status: Withdrawn.

Page 53 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Plant Site-Unit: Edwin I. Hatch Nuclear Plant-Units 1 and 2 Interval-Interval 4th ISI Interval extending from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2015.

Dates:

Requested Date Approval is requested by November 1, 2005 to support examinations performed during for Approval: 1R22 (scheduled for February 2006)

ASME Code Accessible surface areas of the Containment Vessel pressure retaining boundary Vent Components System, requiring visual examination per ASME Section XI, Table IWE-2500-1, Affected: Category E-A, Item Number E1.20.

Applicable Code ASME Section XI, 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda Edition and Addenda:

Applicable 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) requires a VT-3 examination of components in IWE Table Requirements: 2500-1, Category E-A, Item E1.20 in lieu of the ASME Section XI required General Visual Examination (CFR dated October 4, 2004).

Reason for During the 3rd inservice inspection interval, the 1992 Code with 1992 Addenda required a Request: VT-3 examination of the accessible surface areas of the vent system. SNC requested approval in Relief Request RR-MC-9 to use a General Visual examination in lieu of the VT-3 examination. This request was approved by the NRC. For the 4th interval, the 2001 Edition through the 2003 Addenda does not require the VT-3 examination; however in 10 CFR 50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G), the NRC added a requirement to perform the VT-3 examinations.

SNC believes that the examination provisions established in previous Relief Request RR-MC-9 have proven to be sufficient to maintain the structural integrity and leak-tightness of the containment surfaces; therefore, SNC is requesting to continue the use of similar provisions during the 4th interval.

See References for dates and TAC numbers associated with RR-MC-9.

Proposed In lieu of conducting the 10CFR50.55a(b)(2)(ix)(G) required visual Alternative and examination (VT-3), SNC proposes to perform a general visual type Basis for Use: examination on all non-submerged, accessible pressure boundary surfaces of the vent system. This general visual type examination will be performed in accordance with the Plant Hatch Qualified (N) Coatings program. The details of this program were provided in the October 19, 1998 response to NRC Generic Letter 98-04, Potential for Degradation of the Emergency Core Cooling System and the Containment Spray System After a Loss-of-Coolant Accident Because of Construction and Protective Coating Page 54 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Deficiencies and Foreign Material in Containment. The procedures and personnel qualifications applicable for the coatings program implementation are in compliance with Regulatory Guide 1.54, 1973, and the implementation is based on the following documents: (1) ANSI N101.2-1972, Protective Coatings (Plants) for Light Water Nuclear Reactor Containment Facilities; (2) ANSI N101.4-1972, Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings Applied to Nuclear Facilities; and (3) EPRI Report TR-109937, Guideline on Nuclear Safety-Related Coatings. This program was approved by the NRC in a letter dated November 19, 1999.

The Qualified (N) Coatings program examination frequency is equivalent to that of the ASME XI Code and the program requires that when evidence of degradation is detected, a detailed examination and evaluation be performed. The detailed visual examination would be performed in accordance with the provisions of ASME XI paragraph IWE-2310(c).

The exterior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the BWR Drywell to the Suppression Pool are located in the Reactor Building.

The Reactor Building environment does not pose adverse conditions that would promote rapid degradation of the outside pressure boundary surfaces of the Vent System. The interior surfaces of the Vent System that connects the Drywell to the suppression pool and the portions of the vent system located inside the Suppression Pool are maintained in a nitrogen inerted environment during normal power operation in accordance with Technical Specification requirements. History and previous examinations have indicated that this environment does not promote rapid degradation of the surfaces.

The requirements specified for a VT-3 were developed for detecting flaws in metal components and are more stringent than those required for detection of degradation such as corrosion. Since corrosion of base metal is the primary issue of concern for containment pressure boundary surface areas, a general visual type examination, in accordance with the site Qualified (N) Coatings program, is sufficient to inspect the subject surface areas of the containment and will provide an acceptable level of quality and safety. Therefore, SNC hereby requests an exemption from the requirements of 10CFR50.55a (b)(2)(ix)(G) pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12(a)(1) and 10 CFR 50.12(a)(2)(ii) since granting the exemption will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and the application of the regulation in this particular circumstance is not necessary to achieve the underlying purpose of the rule.

Duration of The proposed exemption is applicable for the 4th Inservice Inspection Proposed Interval.

Exemption:

Page 55 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SOUTHERN NUCLEAR OPERATING COMPANY ISI-EX-01, Version 3.0 10 CFR 50.55a EXEMPTION REQUEST Precedents: A similar request was approved for the 3rd Inservice Inspection Interval as RR-MC-9.

References:

SNC letter HL-5957, dated July 19, 2000 submitting RR-MC-9.

Approval for RR-MC-9 was granted for the 3rd Interval by NRC letter dated October 04, 2000 - TAC numbers MA9569 and MA9570.

Status: Approved by NRC letter dated 1/06/06.

Page 56 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 3 NRC CAVEATS FOR THE USE OF THE 2003 ADDENDA Page 57 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION The NRC adopted the use of the 2003 Addenda to Section XI with numerous caveats.

The caveats which are shown in 10 CFR 50.55a have been listed below by subject area.

EXAMINATION OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(viii), Licensees applying Subsection IWL, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (the 2003 Addenda), shall apply paragraphs (b)(2)(viii)(E) through (b)(2)(viii)(G) of this section.

(b)(2)(viii)(E) For Class CC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas.

For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report required by IWA-6000:

o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation, and; o (b)(2)(viii)(E)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.

(b)(2)(viii)(F) Personnel that examine containment concrete surfaces and tendon hardware, wires, or strands must meet the qualification provisions in IWA-2300.

The "owner-defined" personnel qualification provisions in IWL-2310(d) are not approved for use.

(b)(2)(viii)(G) Corrosion protection material must be restored following concrete containment post-tensioning system repair and replacement activities in accordance with the quality assurance program requirements specified in IWA-1400.

EXAMINATION OF METAL CONTAINMENTS AND THE LINERS OF CONCRETE CONTAINMENTS.

Per 50.55a(b)(2)(ix), Licensees applying Subsection IWE, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), shall satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(ix)(A),

(b)(2)(ix)(B), and (b)(2)(ix)(F) through (b)(2)(ix)(I) of this section.

(b)(2)(ix)(A) For Class MC applications, the licensee shall evaluate the acceptability of inaccessible areas when conditions exist in accessible areas that could indicate the presence of or result in degradation to such inaccessible areas. For each inaccessible area identified, the licensee shall provide the following in the ISI Summary Report as required by IWA-6000:

Page 58 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(1) A description of the type and estimated extent of degradation, and the conditions that led to the degradation; o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(2) An evaluation of each area, and the result of the evaluation; and o (b)(2)(ix)(A)(3) A description of necessary corrective actions.

(b)(2)(ix)(B) When performing remotely the visual examinations required by Subsection IWE, the maximum direct examination distance specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be extended and the minimum illumination requirements specified in Table IWA-2210-1 may be decreased provided that the conditions or indications for which the visual examination is performed can be detected at the chosen distance and illumination.

(b)(2)(ix)(F) VT-1 and VT-3 examinations must be conducted in accordance with IWA-2200. Personnel conducting examinations in accordance with the VT-1 or VT-3 examination method shall be qualified in accordance with IWA-2300. The "owner-defined" personnel qualification provisions in IWE-2330(a) for personnel that conduct VT-1 and VT-3 examinations are not approved for use.

(b)(2)(ix)(G) The VT-3 examination method must be used to conduct the examinations in Items E1.12 and E1.20 of Table IWE-2500-1, and the VT-1 examination method must be used to conduct the examination in Item E4.11 of Table IWE-2500-1. An examination of the pressure-retaining bolted connections in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 using the VT-3 examination method must be conducted once each interval. The "owner-defined" visual examination provisions in IWE-2310(a) are not approved for use for VT-1 and VT-3 examinations.

(b)(2)(ix)(H) Containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of the examinations in Item E1.11 of Table IWE-2500-1 must be examined using the VT-3 examination method. Flaws or degradation identified during the performance of a VT-3 examination must be examined in accordance with the VT-1 examination method. The criteria in the material specification or IWB-3517.1 must be used to evaluate containment bolting flaws or degradation. As an alternative to performing VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections that are disassembled during the scheduled performance of Item E1.11, VT-3 examinations of containment bolted connections may be conducted whenever containment bolted connections are disassembled for any reason.

(b)(2)(ix)(I) The ultrasonic examination acceptance standard specified in IWE-3511.3 for Class MC pressure-retaining components must also be applied to metallic liners of Class CC pressure-retaining components.

Page 59 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION QUALITY ASSURANCE Per 50.55a(b)(2)(x), when applying Section XI editions and addenda later than the 1989 Edition, the requirements of NQA-1, "Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facilities," 1979 Addenda through the 1989 Edition, are acceptable as permitted by IWA-1400 of Section XI, if the licensee uses its 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, quality assurance program, in conjunction with Section XI requirements. Commitments contained in the licensee's quality assurance program description that are more stringent than those contained in NQA-1 must govern Section XI activities. Further, where NQA-1 and Section XI do not address the commitments contained in the licensee's Appendix B quality assurance program description, the commitments must be applied to Section XI activities.

CLASS 1 PIPING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xi), Licensees may not apply IWB-1220, "Components Exempt from Examination," of Section XI, 1989 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and shall apply IWB-1220, 1989 Edition.

Per 50.55a (g)(4)(iii), Licensees may, but are not required to, perform the surface examinations of High Pressure Safety Injection Systems specified in Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-J, Item Numbers B9.20, B9.21, and B9.22.

UNDERWATER WELDING Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xii), the provisions in IWA-4660, "Underwater Welding," of Section XI, 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not approved for use on irradiated material.

MECHANICAL CLAMPING DEVICES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xiii), Licensees may use the provisions of Code Case N-523-1, "Mechanical Clamping Devices for Class 2 and 3 Piping." Licensee choosing to apply Code Case N-523-1 shall apply all of its provisions.

50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(A) When implementing Code Case N-513, the specific safety factors in paragraph 4.0 must be satisfied.

50.55a(b)(2)(xiii)(B) Code Case N-513 may not be applied to: components other than pipe and tube, such as pumps, valves, expansion joints, and heat exchangers; leakage through a flange gasket; threaded connections employing nonstructural seal welds for leakage prevention (through seal weld leakage is not a structural flaw, thread integrity must be maintained); and degraded socket welds.

Page 60 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION APPENDIX VIII PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiv). The use of Appendix VIII and the supplements to Appendix VIII and Article I-3000 of Section XI of the ASME BPV Code, 2002 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, is prohibited. (Therefore, the 2001 Edition is used).

50.55a(b)(2)(xiv). All personnel qualified for performing ultrasonic examinations in accordance with Appendix VIII shall receive 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> of annual hands-on training on specimens that contain cracks. Licensees applying the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2001 Edition) may use the annual practice requirements in VII-4240 of Appendix VII of Section XI in place of the 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> of annual hands-on training provided that the supplemental practice is performed on material or welds that contain cracks, or by analyzing prerecorded data from material or welds that contain cracks. In either case, training must be completed no earlier than 6 months prior to performing ultrasonic examinations at a licensee's facility.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv) Appendix VIII specimen set and qualification requirements. The following provisions may be used to modify implementation of Appendix VIII of Section XI, 1995 Edition through the 2001 Edition. Licensees choosing to apply these provisions shall apply all of the following provisions under this paragraph except for those in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F) which are optional.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A) When applying Supplements 2, 3, and 10 to Appendix VIII, the following examination coverage criteria requirements must be used:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(1) Piping must be examined in two axial directions, and when examination in the circumferential direction is required, the circumferential examination must be performed in two directions, provided access is available.

Dissimilar metal welds must be examined axially and circumferentially.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A)(2) Where examination from both sides is not possible, full coverage credit may be claimed from a single side for ferritic welds. Where examination from both sides is not possible on austenitic welds or dissimilar metal welds, full coverage credit from a single side may be claimed only after completing a successful single-sided Appendix VIII demonstration using flaws on the opposite side of the weld. Dissimilar metal weld qualifications must be demonstrated from the austenitic side of the weld and may be used to perform examinations from either side of the weld.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detection acceptance criteria--Personnel are qualified for detection if the results of the performance demonstration satisfy Page 61 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION the detection requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Table VIII-S4-1 and no flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall dimension is missed.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B)(2) Paragraph 1.1(c), Detection test matrix--Flaws smaller than the 50 percent of allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. For procedures applied from the inside surface, use the minimum thickness specified in the scope of the procedure to calculate a/t.

For procedures applied from the outside surface, the actual thickness of the test specimen is to be used to calculate a/t.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C) When applying Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.15 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements in Subparagraphs 3.2(a) and 3.2(c), and a length sizing requirement of 0.75 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirement in Subparagraph 3.2(b).

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(2) In lieu of the location acceptance criteria requirements of Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the flaw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3) In lieu of the flaw type requirements of Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 70 percent of the flaws in the detection and sizing tests shall be cracks. Notches, if used, must be limited by the following:

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(i) Notches must be limited to the case where examinations are performed from the clad surface.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(ii) Notches must be semielliptical with a tip width of less than or equal to 0.010 inches.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(3)(iii) Notches must be perpendicular to the surface within +/- 2 degrees.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(4) In lieu of the detection test matrix requirements in paragraphs 1.1(e)(2) and 1.1(e)(3), personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw orientations, sizes, and locations.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D) The following provisions must be used in addition to the requirements of Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1) Paragraph 3.1, Detection Acceptance Criteria--

Personnel are qualified for detection if:

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(i) No surface connected flaw greater than 0.25 inch through wall has been missed.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(1)(ii) No embedded flaw greater than 0.50 inch through wall has been missed.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(2) Paragraph 3.1, Detection Acceptance Criteria--For procedure qualification, all flaws within the scope of the procedure are detected.

Page 62 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(3) Paragraph 1.1(b) for detection and sizing test flaws and locations--Flaws smaller than the 50 percent of allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, need not be included as detection flaws. Flaws which are less than the allowable flaw size, as defined in IWB-3500, may be used as detection and sizing flaws.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D)(4) Notches are not permitted.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E) When applying Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, the following provisions must be used:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1) A depth sizing requirement of 0.25 inch RMS must be used in lieu of the requirements of subparagraphs 3.2(a), 3.2(c)(2), and 3.2(c)(3).

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(2) In lieu of the location acceptance criteria requirements in Subparagraph 2.1(b), a flaw will be considered detected when reported within 1.0 inch or 10 percent of the metal path to the flaw, whichever is greater, of its true location in the X and Y directions.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3) In lieu of the length sizing criteria requirements of Subparagraph 3.2(b), a length sizing acceptance criteria of 0.75 inch RMS must be used.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(4) In lieu of the detection specimen requirements in Subparagraph 1.1(e)(1), a minimum of 55 percent of the flaws must be cracks.

The remaining flaws may be cracks or fabrication type flaws, such as slag and lack of fusion. The use of notches is not allowed.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(5) In lieu of paragraphs 1.1(e)(2) and 1.1(e)(3) detection test matrix, personnel demonstration test sets must contain a representative distribution of flaw orientations, sizes, and locations.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F) The following provisions may be used for personnel qualification for combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII qualification. Licensees choosing to apply this combined qualification shall apply all of the provisions of Supplements 4 and 6 including the following provisions:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(1) For detection and sizing, the total number of flaws must be at least 10. A minimum of 5 flaws shall be from Supplement 4, and a minimum of 50 percent of the flaws must be from Supplement 6. At least 50 percent of the flaws in any sizing must be cracks. Notches are not acceptable for Supplement 6.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(2) Examination personnel are qualified for detection and length sizing when the results of any combined performance demonstration satisfy the acceptance criteria of Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3) Examination personnel are qualified for depth sizing when Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII flaws are sized within the respective acceptance criteria of those supplements.

Page 63 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G) When applying Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplement 4 and Supplement 6 qualification, the following additional provisions must be used, and examination coverage must include:

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) The clad to base metal interface, including a minimum of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface), shall be examined from four orthogonal directions using procedures and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) If the clad-to-base-metal-interface procedure demonstrates detectability of flaws with a tilt angle relative to the weld centerline of at least 45 degrees, the remainder of the examination volume is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction. This must be accomplished using a procedure and personnel qualified for single-side examination in accordance with Supplement

6. Subsequent examinations of this volume may be performed using examination techniques qualified for a tilt angle of at least 10 degrees.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(3) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(1) is considered fully examined if coverage is obtained in one parallel and one perpendicular direction, using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination when the provisions of § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G)(2) are met.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(H) When applying Supplement 5 to Appendix VIII, at least 50 percent of the flaws in the demonstration test set must be cracks and the maximum misorientation shall be demonstrated with cracks. Flaws in nozzles with bore diameters equal to or less than 4 inches may be notches.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I) When applying Supplement 5, Paragraph (a), to Appendix VIII, the following provision must be used in calculating the number of permissible false calls: 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(I)(1) The number of false calls allowed must be D/10, with a maximum of 3, where D is the diameter of the nozzle.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J) [Reserved]

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K) When performing nozzle-to-vessel weld examinations, the following provisions must be used when the requirements contained in Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII are applied for nozzle-to-vessel welds in conjunction with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, or combined Supplement 4 and Supplement 6 qualification.

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1) For examination of nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the bore, the following provisions are required to qualify the procedures, equipment, and personnel:

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) For detection, a minimum of four flaws in one or more full-scale nozzle mock-ups must be added to the test set. The specimens must comply with Supplement 6, paragraph 1.1, to Appendix Page 64 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION VIII, except for flaw locations specified in Table VIII S6-1. Flaws may be either notches, fabrication flaws or cracks. Seventy-five (75) percent of the flaws must be cracks or fabrication flaws. Flaw locations and orientations must be selected from the choices shown in paragraph (b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) of this section, Table VIII-S7-1--Modified, with the exception that flaws in the outer eighty-five (85) percent of the weld need not be perpendicular to the weld. There may be no more than two flaws from each category, and at least one subsurface flaw must be included.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(ii) For length sizing, a minimum of four flaws as in

§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. The length sizing results must be added to the results of combined Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII and Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII. The combined results must meet the acceptance standards contained in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(3).

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(iii) For depth sizing, a minimum of four flaws as in

§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1)(i) must be included in the test set. Their depths must be distributed over the ranges of Supplement 4, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the inner 15 percent of the wall thickness and Supplement 6, Paragraph 1.1, to Appendix VIII, for the remainder of the wall thickness. The depth sizing results must be combined with the sizing results from Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII for the inner 15 percent and to Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII for the remainder of the wall thickness.

The combined results must meet the depth sizing acceptance criteria contained in §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C)(1), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E)(1), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F)(3).

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-vessel welds conducted from the inside of the vessel, 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent examination volume to a minimum depth of 15 percent T (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from four orthogonal directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C).

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) When the examination volume defined in § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) cannot be effectively examined in all four directions, the examination must be augmented by examination from the nozzle bore using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1).

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(iii) The remainder of the examination volume not covered by 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii) or a combination of 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(i) and § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(2)(ii), must be examined from the nozzle bore using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(1), or from the vessel shell using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as modified by Page 65 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3) For examination of reactor pressure vessel nozzle-to-shell welds conducted from the outside of the vessel, 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) The clad to base metal interface and the adjacent metal to a depth of 15 percent T, (measured from the clad to base metal interface) must be examined from one radial and two opposing circumferential directions using a procedure and personnel qualified in accordance with Supplement 4 to Appendix VIII, as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(B) and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(C), for examinations performed in the radial direction, and Supplement 5 to Appendix VIII, as modified by

§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(J), for examinations performed in the circumferential direction.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(ii) The examination volume not addressed by § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(3)(i) must be examined in a minimum of one radial direction using a procedure and personnel qualified for single sided examination in accordance with Supplement 6 to Appendix VIII, as modified by §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(D), 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(E),

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(F), and 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(G).

o 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(K)(4) Table VIII-S7-1, "Flaw Locations and Orientations,"

Supplement 7 to Appendix VIII, is modified as follows:

Table VIII-S7-1--Modified Flaw Locations and Orientations Parallel to weld Perpendicular to weld Inner 15 percent X X OD Surface X .....

Subsurface X .....

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(L) As a modification to the requirements of Supplement 8, Subparagraph 1.1(c), to Appendix VIII, notches may be located within one diameter of each end of the bolt or stud.

50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(M) When implementing Supplement 12 to Appendix VIII, only the provisions related to the coordinated implementation of Supplement 3 to Supplement 2 performance demonstrations are to be applied.

50.55a(b)(2)(xvi) Appendix VIII single side ferritic vessel and piping and stainless steel piping examination.

50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(A) Examinations performed from one side of a ferritic vessel weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency Page 66 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and §§ 50.55a(b)(2)(xv) (B) through (G), on specimens containing flaws with non-optimum sound energy reflecting characteristics or flaws similar to those in the vessel being examined.

50.55a(b)(2)(xvi)(B) Examinations performed from one side of a ferritic or stainless steel pipe weld must be conducted with equipment, procedures, and personnel that have demonstrated proficiency with single side examinations. To demonstrate equivalency to two sided examinations, the demonstration must be performed to the requirements of Appendix VIII as modified by this paragraph and § 50.55a(b)(2)(xv)(A).

CERTIFICATION OF NDE PERSONNEL 50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(A) Level I and II nondestructive examination personnel shall be recertified on a 3-year interval in lieu of the 5-year interval specified in the 1997 Addenda and 1998 Edition of IWA-2314, and IWA-2314(a) and IWA-2314(b) of the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(B) Paragraph IWA-2316 of the 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), may only be used to qualify personnel that observe for leakage during system leakage and hydrostatic tests conducted in accordance with IWA-5211(a) and (b), 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

50.55a(b)(2)(xviii)(C) When qualifying visual examination personnel for VT-3 visual examinations under paragraph IWA-2317 of the 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section (2003 Addenda), the proficiency of the training must be demonstrated by administering an initial qualification examination and administering subsequent examinations on a 3-year interval.

SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATIVE METHODS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xix), the provisions for the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques in the 1997 Addenda of IWA-2240 must be applied. The provisions in IWA-2240, 1998 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, are not approved for use. The provisions in IWA-4520(c), 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, allowing the substitution of alternative examination methods, a combination of methods, or newly developed techniques for the methods specified in the Construction Code are not approved for use.

Page 67 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION SYSTEM LEAKAGE TESTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xx), when performing system leakage tests in accordance IWA-5213(a), 1997 through 2002 Addenda, a 10-minute hold time after attaining test pressure is required for Class 2 and Class 3 components that are not in use during normal operating conditions, and no hold time is required for the remaining Class 2 and Class 3 components provided that the system has been in operation for at least 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for insulated components or 10 minutes for uninsulated components.

TABLE IWB-2500-1 EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(A), the provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-D, Full Penetration Welded Nozzles in Vessels, Items B3.40 and B3.60 (Inspection Program A) and Items B3.120 and B3.140 (Inspection Program B) in the 1998 Edition must be applied when using the 1999 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A visual examination with enhanced magnification that has a resolution sensitivity to detect a 1-mil width wire or crack, utilizing the allowable flaw length criteria in Table IWB-3512-1, 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be performed in place of an ultrasonic examination.

50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(B) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-G-2, Item B7.80, that are in the 1995 Edition are applicable only to reused bolting when using the 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

50.55a(b)(2)(xxi)(C) The provisions of Table IWB-2500-1, Examination Category B-K, Item B10.10, of the 1995 Addenda must be applied when using the 1997 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

SURFACE EXAMINATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxii), the use of the provision in IWA-2220, "Surface Examination,"

of Section XI, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, that allow use of an ultrasonic examination method is prohibited.

EVALUATION OF THERMALLY CUT SURFACES Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxiii), the use of the provisions for eliminating mechanical processing of thermally cut surfaces in IWA-4461.4.2 of Section XI, 2001 Edition Page 68 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are prohibited.

MITIGATION OF DEFECTS BY MODIFICATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxv), the use of the provisions in IWA-4340, "Mitigation of Defects by Modification,"Section XI, 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are prohibited.

PRESSURE TESTING CLASS 1, 2, AND 3 MECHANICAL JOINTS Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvi), the repair and replacement activity provisions in IWA-4540(c) of the 1998 Edition of Section XI for pressure testing Class 1, 2, and 3 mechanical joints must be applied when using the 2001 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

REMOVAL OF INSULATION Per 50.55a(b)(2)(xxvii), when performing visual examinations in accordance with IWA-5242 of Section XI, 2003 Addenda through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(2) of the section, insulation must be removed from 17-4 PH or 410 stainless steel studs or bolts aged at a temperature below 1100 °F or having a Rockwell Method C hardness value above 30, and from A-286 stainless steel studs or bolts preloaded to 100,000 pounds per square inch or higher.

SNUBBERS Per 50.55a(b)(3), as used in this section, references to the OM Code refer to the ASME Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants, and include the 1995 Edition through the 2003 Addenda subject to the following limitations and modifications:

50.55a(b)(3)(v) Subsection ISTD. Article IWF-5000, "Inservice Inspection Requirements for Snubbers," of the ASME BPV Code,Section XI, provides inservice inspection requirements for examinations and tests of snubbers at nuclear power plants. Licensees may use Subsection ISTD, "Inservice Testing of Dynamic Restraints (Snubbers) in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants," ASME OM Code, 1995 Edition through the latest edition and addenda incorporated by reference in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, in place of the requirements for snubbers in Section XI, IWF-5200(a) and (b) and IWF-5300(a) and (b), by making appropriate changes to their technical specifications or licensee-controlled documents. Preservice and inservice examinations must be performed using the VT-3.

Page 69 of 70

HATCH UNIT 2 FOURTH INTERVAL ISI PLAN INTRODUCTION ENCLOSURE 4 NRC SAFETY EVALUATIONS A copy of the safety evaluations may be found on the M&IS website.

Page 70 of 70

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML070430092&oldid=2181296"